Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to            

Commission file number: 001-32891

Hanesbrands Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   20-3552316
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1000 East Hanes Mill Road

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

  27105
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip code)

(336) 519-8080

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share and related

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

Name of each exchange on which registered:

New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company ¨
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

As of July 1, 2011, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $2,829,904,217 (based on the closing price of the common stock of $29.45 per share on that date, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange and, for purposes of this computation only, the assumption that all of the registrant’s directors and executive officers are affiliates and that beneficial holders of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock are not affiliates).

As of February 10, 2012, there were 97,552,757 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference to portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for its 2012 annual meeting of stockholders.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Forward-Looking Statements

     1   

Where You Can Find More Information

     2   
PART I   

Item 1

  

Business

     4   

Item 1A

  

Risk Factors

     16   

Item 1B

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     29   

Item 1C

  

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     29   

Item 2

  

Properties

     31   

Item 3

  

Legal Proceedings

     32   

Item 4

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     32   
PART II   

Item 5

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      33   

Item 6

   Selected Financial Data      35   

Item 7

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      36   

Item 7A

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      74   

Item 8

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      75   

Item 9

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      75   

Item 9A

   Controls and Procedures      75   

Item 9B

   Other Information      76   
PART III   

Item 10

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      76   

Item 11

   Executive Compensation      76   

Item 12

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      76   

Item 13

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      76   

Item 14

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      76   

PART IV

  

Item 15

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      77   

Signatures

     78   

Index to Exhibits

     E-1   

Financial Statements

     F-1   

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

We own or have rights to use the trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Some of the more important trademarks that we own or have rights to use that may appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the Hanes, Champion, C9 by Champion, Playtex, Bali, L’eggs, Just My Size, barely there, Wonderbra, Stedman, Outer Banks, Zorba, Rinbros, Duofold and Gear for Sports marks, which may be registered in the United States and other jurisdictions. We do not own any trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements include all statements that do not relate solely to historical or current facts, and can generally be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “believe,” “will,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “continue” or similar expressions. In particular, information appearing under “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” includes forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements inherently involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in these statements. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results or events, such expectation or belief is based on the current plans and expectations of our management, expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis. However, there can be no assurance that any such expectation or belief will result or will be achieved or accomplished. The following include some but not all of the factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated:

 

   

current economic conditions, including consumer spending levels and the price elasticity of our products;

 

   

the impact of significant fluctuations and volatility in various input costs, such as cotton and oil-related materials, utilities, freight and wages;

 

   

the highly competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our ability to successfully manage social, political, economic, legal and other conditions affecting our domestic and foreign operations and our supply chain sources, such as political instability and acts of war or terrorism, natural disasters, disruption of markets, operational disruptions, changes in import and export laws, currency restrictions and currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

the impact of the loss of one or more of our suppliers of finished goods or raw materials;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our inventory and reduce inventory reserves;

 

   

our ability to optimize our global supply chain;

 

   

our ability to continue to effectively distribute our products through our distribution network;

 

   

the risk of significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

financial difficulties experienced by, or loss of or reduction in sales to, any of our top customers or groups of customers;

 

   

gains and losses in the shelf space that our customers devote to our products;

 

   

our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products;

 

   

increasing pressure on margins;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;

 

   

the impact of any inadequacy, interruption or failure with respect to our information technology or any data security breach;

 

   

our ability to protect our reputation and brand images;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

our ability to protect our trademarks, copyrights and patents;

 

   

our debt and debt service requirements that restrict our operating and financial flexibility and impose interest and financing costs;

 

   

the financial ratios that our debt instruments require us to maintain;

 

   

future financial performance, including availability, terms and deployment of capital;

 

   

market returns on the plan assets of our pension plans;

 

   

the impact of a significant decline in the fair value of the intangible assets and goodwill on our balance sheet;

 

   

unanticipated changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities;

 

   

our ability to comply with international trade, environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations;

 

   

changes in our relationship with our employees and costs and adverse publicity from violations of labor or environmental laws by us or our suppliers;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

 

   

new litigation or developments in existing litigation; and

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate and grow acquisitions.

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully read the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of certain risks that could, among other things, cause our actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements that may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, other than as required by law.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You can inspect, read and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information regarding the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that makes available reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically.

 

2


Table of Contents

We make available copies of materials we file with, or furnish to, the SEC free of charge at www.hanesbrands.com (in the “Investors” section). By referring to our corporate website, www.hanesbrands.com, or any of our other websites, we do not incorporate any such website or its contents into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

We are a consumer goods company with a portfolio of leading apparel brands, including Hanes, Champion, Bali, Playtex, Just My Size, L’eggs, barely there, Wonderbra, Gear for Sports, Stedman, Zorba, Rinbros, Sol y Oro, Outer Banks and Duofold. We design, manufacture, source and sell a broad range of basic apparel such as T-shirts, bras, panties, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, casualwear, activewear, socks and hosiery.

The basic apparel sector of the apparel industry is characterized by frequently replenished items, such as T-shirts, bras, panties, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, socks and hosiery. Growth and sales in the basic apparel sector are not primarily driven by fashion, in contrast to other areas of the broader apparel industry. We focus on the core attributes of comfort, fit and value, while remaining current with regard to consumer trends. The majority of our core styles continue from year to year, with variations only in color, fabric or design details. Some products, however, such as intimate apparel, activewear and sheer hosiery, do have more of an emphasis on style and innovation. We continue to invest in our largest and strongest brands to achieve our long-term growth goals. In addition to designing and marketing basic apparel, we have a long history of operating a global supply chain that incorporates a mix of self-manufacturing, third party contractors and third party sourcing.

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. All references to “2011,” “2010” and “2009” relate to the fiscal years ended on December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.

Our operations are managed and reported in five operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment for financial reporting purposes: Innerwear, Outerwear, Hosiery, Direct to Consumer and International. These segments are organized principally by product category, geographic location and distribution channel. Each segment has its own management that is responsible for the operations of the segment’s businesses but the segments share a common supply chain and media and marketing platforms. The following table summarizes our operating segments by category:

 

Segment

  

Primary Products

  

Primary Brands

Innerwear    Intimate apparel, such as bras, panties and shapewear    Hanes, Bali, Playtex, barely there, Just My Size, Wonderbra
   Men’s underwear and kids’ underwear    Hanes, Polo Ralph Lauren*
   Socks    Hanes, Champion
Outerwear    Activewear, such as performance T-shirts and shorts, fleece, sports bras and thermals    Champion, Gear for Sports, Duofold
   Casualwear, such as T-shirts, fleece and sport shirts    Hanes, Just My Size, Champion, Hanes Beefy-T, Outer Banks
Hosiery    Hosiery    L’eggs, Hanes, Donna Karan,* DKNY,* Just My Size
Direct to Consumer    Activewear, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, intimate apparel, socks, hosiery and casualwear    Hanes, Bali, Champion, Playtex, barely there, Just My Size, L’eggs
International    Activewear, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, intimate apparel, socks, hosiery and casualwear    Hanes, Champion, Wonderbra,** Playtex,** Stedman, Zorba, Kendall,* Rinbros, Sol y Oro, Ritmo, Track N Field

 

4


Table of Contents

 

* Brand used under a license agreement.
** As a result of the February 2006 sale of the European branded apparel business of Sara Lee Corporation, or “Sara Lee,” we are not permitted to sell this brand in the member states of the European Union, or the “EU,” several other European countries and South Africa.

Our brands have a strong heritage in the basic apparel industry. According to The NPD Group/Consumer Tracking Service, or “NPD,” our brands held either the number one or number two U.S. market position by units sold in most product categories in which we compete, for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011.

Our products are sold through multiple distribution channels. During 2011, approximately 41% of our net sales were to mass merchants in the United States, 14% were to national chains and department stores in the United States, 13% were in our International segment, 8% were in our Direct to Consumer segment in the United States and 24% were to other retail channels in the United States such as embellishers, specialty retailers, wholesale clubs, collegiate bookstores, discount retailers and sporting goods stores. We have strong, long-term relationships with our top customers, including relationships of more than 10 years with each of our top 10 customers. The size and operational scale of the high-volume retailers with which we do business require extensive category and product knowledge and specialized services regarding the quantity, quality and planning of product orders. We have organized multifunctional customer management teams, which has allowed us to form strategic long-term relationships with these customers and efficiently focus resources on category, product and service expertise. We also have customer-specific programs such as the C9 by Champion products marketed and sold through Target stores.

Our ability to react to changing customer needs and industry trends is key to our success. Our design, research and product development teams, in partnership with our marketing teams, drive our efforts to bring innovations to market. We seek to leverage our insights into consumer demand in the basic apparel industry to develop new products within our existing lines and to modify our existing core products in ways that make them more appealing, addressing changing customer needs and industry trends. Examples of our recent innovations include:

 

   

Champion Seamless Adjustable sports bras that combine the comfort of a seamless bra with the adjustability and back close of a traditional bra to deliver maximum support (2012).

 

   

Hanes Comfort Toe Seam socks that were developed with patented knitting technology that enables the toe seam to lay completely flat for all-day comfort (2011).

 

   

barely there No Slip Fit bras that are designed with a unique Lycra® lining on the back band and straps that have a delicate silicone design to help the bras stay in place, eliminating unexpected slips or slides (2011).

 

   

barely there Dreamform bras that have the same support and design features as traditional cup and band bras but with the unsurpassed comfort for which barely there has become famous (2011).

 

   

Bali Comfort Revolution wirefree bras that are completely seamless and feature ultra-thin stretch foam cups and a soft comfort band to provide fit, flexibility and comfort (2011).

 

   

The Bali One Smooth U Powershape collection that includes a lingerie-inspired shapewear designed with comfortable, lightweight Lycra® to help whittle the waist and flatten the tummy, slim the thighs and smooth lumps and bumps (2011).

 

   

barely there Smart Sizes, a new bra sizing system that simplifies and streamlines the traditional bra sizing configuration from 16 sizes to just five sizes with innovative, “shape to fit” technology (2010).

 

   

The Wonderbra Secret Agent No Slip Fit collection that includes bras that feature shaping stay-in-place back and no slip straps that secretly work together to ensure everything stays comfortably in place all day (2010).

 

   

Bali Comfort-U bras with a feature that ensures that the straps and back stay in place, delivering the ultimate fit and comfort in a place most women don’t think to look—the back (2010).

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Hanes Comfort Flex underwear that features a softer, more stretchable waistband that comfortably shifts without pinching or binding (2010).

 

   

Hanes dyed V-neck underwear T-shirts in black, gray and navy colors (2009).

 

   

Playtex 18 Hour Seamless smoothing bras that feature fused fabric to smooth sides and back (2009).

 

   

Bali Natural Uplift bras that feature advanced lift for the bust without adding size (2009).

Our Brands

Our portfolio of leading brands is designed to address the needs and wants of various consumer segments across a broad range of basic apparel products. Each of our brands has a particular consumer positioning that distinguishes it from its competitors and guides its advertising and product development. We discuss some of our most important brands in more detail below.

Hanes is the largest and most widely recognized brand in our portfolio. The Hanes brand covers all of our product categories, including men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, bras, panties, socks, T-shirts, fleece and sheer hosiery. Hanes stands for outstanding comfort, style and value. According to NPD, Hanes is the number one brand of total apparel in the U.S. as well as the leading brand of men’s and boys’ underwear, women’s and girls’ panties, and socks for the family by units sold for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011.

Champion is our second-largest brand. For over 90 years, Champion has been outfitting athletes in authentic, high-quality athletic apparel. From high-performance sports bras and classic T-shirts to gym essentials like mesh shorts and fleece hoodies, our signature Double Dry fabric keeps athletes cool and dry, enhancing the workout experience. We believe that Champion’s combination of comfort, fit and design provides athletes with mobility, durability and up-to-date styles, all product qualities that are important in the sale of athletic products. We also distribute C9 by Champion products exclusively through Target stores.

Bali is the third-largest brand within our portfolio, offering a range of bras, panties and shapewear sold in the department store channel. Playtex, the fourth-largest brand within our portfolio, offers a line of bras, panties and shapewear, including products that offer solutions for hard to fit figures. Our brand portfolio also includes the following well-known brands: Just My Size, L’eggs, barely there, Wonderbra, Gear for Sports and Outer Banks. These brands serve to round out our product offerings, allowing us to give consumers a variety of options to meet their diverse needs.

Our Segments

Innerwear

The Innerwear segment focuses on core apparel products, such as women’s intimate apparel, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear and socks, marketed under well-known brands that are trusted by consumers. According to NPD, we are the women’s intimate apparel category leader in the United States with our Hanes, Bali, Playtex, barely there, Just My Size and Wonderbra brands, and we are also the leading manufacturer and marketer of men’s underwear and kids’ underwear under the Hanes and Polo Ralph Lauren brand names (based on NPD unit share for the 12 months ending November 30, 2011). During 2011, net sales from our Innerwear segment were $2.1 billion, representing approximately 44% of total net sales.

Outerwear

We are a leader in the casualwear and activewear markets through our Hanes, Champion, Just My Size and Duofold brands, where we sell products such as T-shirts and fleece to both retailers and wholesalers. Our casualwear lines offer a range of quality, comfortable clothing for men, women and children marketed under the Hanes and Just My Size brands. The Just My Size brand offers casual apparel designed exclusively to meet the needs of plus-size women. In addition to

 

6


Table of Contents

activewear for men and women, Champion provides uniforms for athletic programs and includes an apparel program, C9 by Champion, at Target stores. We also license our Champion name for footwear and sports accessories. In our wholesale casualwear category, which we sometimes refer to as “imagewear”, we supply our T-shirts, sport shirts and fleece products, including brands such as Hanes, Champion, Outer Banks and Hanes Beefy-T, to customers, primarily wholesalers, who then resell to screen printers and embellishers. In 2010, we acquired GearCo, Inc., known as Gear for Sports, a leading seller of licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores and other channels. During 2011, net sales from our Outerwear segment were $1.5 billion, representing approximately 31% of total net sales.

Hosiery

We are the leading marketer of women’s sheer hosiery in the United States. We compete in the hosiery market by striving to offer superior values and executing integrated marketing activities, as well as focusing on the style of our hosiery products. We market hosiery products under our L’eggs, Hanes and Just My Size brands. During 2011, net sales from our Hosiery segment were $163 million, representing approximately 4% of total net sales.

Direct to Consumer

Our Direct to Consumer operations include our value-based (“outlet”) stores and Internet operations which sell products from our portfolio of leading brands. We sell our branded products directly to consumers through our outlet stores, as well as our websites operating under the Hanes, One Hanes Place, Just My Size and Champion names. Our Internet operations are supported by our catalogs. As of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, we had 216 and 224 outlet stores, respectively. During 2011, net sales from our Direct to Consumer segment were $375 million, representing approximately 8% of total net sales.

International

Our International segment includes products that span across the Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery reportable segments and are primarily marketed under the Hanes, Champion, Wonderbra, Playtex, Stedman, Zorba, Rinbros, Kendall, Sol y Oro, Ritmo and Track N Field brands. During 2011, net sales from our International segment were $581 million, representing approximately 13% of total net sales and included sales in Latin America, Asia, Canada, Europe and Australia. Our largest international markets are Japan, Canada, Mexico, Europe and Brazil, and we have sales offices in India and China.

Design, Research and Product Development

At the core of our design, research and product development capabilities is an integrated team of over 325 professionals. A facility located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, is the center of our research, technical design and product development efforts. We also employ creative design and product development personnel in our design center in New York City and design personnel at the Gear for Sports facility in Lenexa, Kansas. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we spent approximately $47 million, $47 million and $46 million, respectively, on design, research and product development, including the development of new and improved products.

Customers

In 2011, approximately 87% of our net sales were to customers in the United States and approximately 13% were to customers outside the United States. Domestically, almost 82% of our net sales were wholesale sales to retailers, 9% were direct to consumers and 9% were wholesale sales to wholesalers and third party embellishers. We have well-established relationships with some of the largest apparel retailers in the world. Our largest customers are Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Wal-Mart”), Target Corporation (“Target”) and Kohl’s Corporation (“Kohl’s”), accounting for 25%, 16% and 6%, respectively, of our total sales in 2011. As is common in the basic apparel industry, we generally do not have purchase agreements that obligate our customers to purchase our products. However, all of our key customer relationships have been in place for 10 years or more. Wal-Mart, Target, Kohl’s, CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and SanMar Corporation (“SanMar”) are our only customers with sales that exceed 10% of any individual segment’s sales. In our Innerwear segment, Wal-Mart accounted for 39% of sales, Target accounted for 16% of sales and Kohl’s accounted for 11% of sales during 2011. In our Outerwear segment, Target accounted for 27% of sales, Wal-Mart accounted for 15% of sales and SanMar accounted for 10% of sales during 2011. In our Hosiery segment, Wal-Mart accounted for 20% of sales, Target accounted for 13% of sales and CVS accounted for 10% of sales during 2011.

 

7


Table of Contents

Due to their size and operational scale, high-volume retailers such as Wal-Mart and Target require extensive category and product knowledge and specialized services regarding the quantity, quality and timing of product orders. We have organized multifunctional customer management teams, which has allowed us to form strategic long-term relationships with these customers and efficiently focus resources on category, product and service expertise. Smaller regional customers attracted to our leading brands and quality products also represent an important component of our distribution. Our organizational model provides for an efficient use of resources that delivers a high level of category and channel expertise and services to these customers.

Sales to the mass merchant channel in the United States accounted for approximately 41% of our net sales in 2011. We sell all of our product categories in this channel primarily under our Hanes, Champion, Just My Size and Playtex brands. Mass merchants feature high-volume, low-cost sales of basic apparel items along with a diverse variety of consumer goods products, such as grocery and drug products and other hard lines, and are characterized by large retailers, such as Wal-Mart. Our largest mass merchant customer is Wal-Mart, which accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in 2011.

Sales to the national chains and department stores channel in the United States accounted for approximately 14% of our net sales in 2011. These retailers target a higher-income consumer than mass merchants, focus more of their sales on apparel items rather than other consumer goods such as grocery and drug products and are characterized by large retailers such as Kohl’s, JC Penney Company, Inc. and Sears Holdings Corporation. We sell all of our product categories in this channel. Traditional department stores target higher-income consumers and carry more high-end, fashion conscious products than national chains or mass merchants and tend to operate in higher-income areas and commercial centers. Traditional department stores are characterized by large retailers such as Macy’s, Inc. and Dillard’s, Inc. We sell products in our intimate apparel, hosiery, socks, activewear and underwear categories through department stores.

Sales in our Direct to Consumer segment in the United States accounted for approximately 8% of our net sales in 2011. We sell our branded products directly to consumers through our 216 outlet stores, as well as our websites operating under the Hanes, One Hanes Place, Just My Size and Champion names. Our outlet stores are value-based, offering the consumer a savings of 25% to 40% off suggested retail prices, and sell first-quality, excess, post-season, obsolete and slightly imperfect products. Our websites, supported by our catalogs, address the growing direct to consumer channel that operates in today’s 24/7 retail environment, and we have an active database of approximately 4.5 million consumers receiving our catalogs and emails.

Sales in our International segment represented approximately 13% of our net sales in 2011, and included sales in Latin America, Asia, Canada, Europe and Australia. Our largest international markets are Japan, Canada, Mexico, Europe and Brazil. We also have sales offices in India and China and we operate in several locations in Latin America including Mexico, Argentina, Brazil and Central America. From an export business perspective, we use distributors to service customers in the Middle East and Asia, and have a limited presence in Latin America. The brands that are the primary focus of the export business include Hanes and Champion socks, Champion activewear, Hanes underwear and Bali, Playtex, Wonderbra and barely there intimate apparel. As discussed below under “Intellectual Property,” we are not permitted to sell Wonderbra and Playtex branded products in the member states of the EU, several other European countries and South Africa. For more information about our sales on a geographic basis, see Note 19 to our financial statements.

Sales in other channels in the United States represented approximately 24% of our net sales in 2011. We sell T-shirts, golf and sport shirts and fleece sweatshirts to wholesalers and third party embellishers primarily under our Hanes, Hanes Beefy-T and Outer Banks brands. Sales to wholesalers and third party embellishers accounted for approximately 8% of our net sales in 2011. We also sell a significant range of our underwear, activewear and socks products under the Champion brand to wholesale clubs, such as Costco Wholesale Corporation, and sporting goods stores, such as The Sports Authority, Inc. We sell primarily legwear and underwear products under the Hanes and L’eggs brands to food, drug and variety stores. We also sell licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores. We sell products that span across our Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery segments to the U.S. military for sale to servicemen and servicewomen and through discount retailers, such as the Dollar General Corporation and Family Dollar Stores, Inc.

 

8


Table of Contents

Inventory

Effective inventory management is a key component of our future success. Because our customers generally do not purchase our products under long-term supply contracts, but rather on a purchase order basis, effective inventory management requires close coordination with the customer base. We seek to ensure that products are available to meet customer demands while effectively managing inventory levels. We employ various types of inventory management techniques that include collaborative forecasting and planning, supplier-managed inventory, key event management and various forms of replenishment management processes. Our supplier-managed inventory initiative is intended to shift raw material ownership and management to our suppliers until consumption, freeing up cash and improving response time. We have demand management planners in our customer management group who work closely with customers to develop demand forecasts that are passed to the supply chain. We also have professionals within the customer management group who coordinate daily with our larger customers to help ensure that our customers’ planned inventory levels are in fact available at their individual retail outlets. Additionally, within our supply chain organization we have dedicated professionals who translate the demand forecast into our inventory strategy and specific production plans. These individuals work closely with our customer management team to balance inventory investment/exposure with customer service targets.

Seasonality

Our operating results are subject to some variability due to seasonality and other factors. Generally, our diverse range of product offerings helps mitigate the impact of seasonal changes in demand for certain items. We generally have higher sales during back-to-school shopping and holiday selling seasons and during periods of cooler weather which benefits certain product categories such as fleece. Sales levels in any period are also impacted by customers’ decisions to increase or decrease their inventory levels in response to anticipated consumer demand. Our customers may cancel orders, change delivery schedules or change the mix of products ordered with minimal notice to us. Media, advertising and promotion expenses (“MAP”) may vary from period to period during a fiscal year depending on the timing of our advertising campaigns for retail selling seasons and product introductions.

Marketing

Our strategy is to bring consumer-driven innovation to market in a compelling way. Our approach is to build targeted, effective multimedia advertising and marketing campaigns to increase awareness of our key brands. Driving growth platforms across categories is a major element of our strategy as it enables us to meet key consumer needs and leverage advertising dollars. We believe that the strength of our consumer insights, our distinctive brand propositions and our focus on integrated marketing give us a competitive advantage in the fragmented apparel marketplace.

In 2011, we launched a number of new advertising and marketing initiatives:

 

   

Hanes announced a new Facebook application to share comfort with those who need it most. Fans of Hanes on Facebook were able to personalize and send free virtual Comfort Packages to friends and family via a digital tool on the Hanes Facebook page. For each package sent, Hanes pledged to donate $1 to the National Breast Cancer Foundation, Inc. to promote early cancer detection and provide mammograms for those in need. Hanes has given over $1 million to breast cancer awareness since 2009.

 

   

L’eggs launched a national marketing campaign featuring the iconic brand’s first national television advertising in more than 14 years and a new tagline: You’re in luck. You’re in L’eggs. L’eggs also announced a partnership with Dress for Success, an international not-for-profit organization that promotes the economic independence of disadvantaged women by providing professional attire, a network of support and career development tools. As part of the partnership, L’eggs will donate up to 10,000 pairs of leg wear to Dress For Success through a virtual leg wear drive on Facebook.

 

9


Table of Contents
   

Hanes launched new national television ads for its women’s intimate apparel, including Hanes ComfortFlex Fit Bras that shape to fit and Hanes No Ride Up Panties that know their place and stay in place. The ads began airing on national network morning, daytime and primetime shows, as well as national cable shows, in April 2011 and continued throughout the year.

 

   

Bali launched its Live Beautifully Daily campaign, a national movement focused on helping women embrace how to Live Beautifully Daily through the way they look and feel. As part of the movement’s kickoff, Bali joined with Jennifer Rade, one of the country’s top celebrity stylists, to encourage women to Live Beautifully Daily, as well as pledged to donate up to $50,000 to its long-standing partner, The Breast Cancer Research Foundation, which plays a critical role in helping women with breast cancer Live Beautifully Daily.

 

   

Hanes imagewear, a major supplier of T-shirts, sportshirts and fleece to the decorated apparel industry, announced a partnership with Box Tops for Education that will enable schools across the United States to earn valuable Box Tops when they order Hanes products or apparel for their spiritwear and eventwear needs. The exclusive partnership, called Hanes4Education, is open to more than 69,000 U.S. schools participating in the Box Tops for Education program and includes all Hanes T-shirt styles as well as sport shirts and fleece items.

We also continued some of our existing advertising and marketing initiatives:

 

   

Hanes continued its men’s underwear marketing campaign starring Michael Jordan in support of Hanes underwear with ComfortFlex Waistbands and Lay Flat Collar T-Shirts. The campaign included a new series of television commercial showing that Hanes Lay Flat Collar undershirts will never suffer from wavy “bacon necks” like other shirts and highlighting the superior comfort of the Hanes ComfortFlex Waistband.

 

   

Champion continued its “How You Play” national advertising campaign. The campaign includes print, out-of-home and online components and is designed to capture the enjoyment of sport and the love of the game.

 

   

This spring, Champion will launch ChampionSportBras.com, including an updated bra blog designed to spur online dialogue around all things related to breast health and sports bras. The blog features comments and questions by women of all fitness levels from industry experts to first-time exercisers as well as the latest on emerging product innovations and style choices.

 

   

Hanes continued its “For Future Generations” national environmental advertising campaign which takes a lighthearted approach to the brand’s environmental responsibility efforts, including eco-friendly products.

 

   

We continued our television advertising campaign in support of Hanes socks for the family, highlighting the new Comfort Toe Seam feature.

 

   

We continued our innovative and expressive advertising and marketing campaign called “Girl Talk,” in which confident, everyday women talk about their breasts, in support of our Playtex 18 Hour and Playtex Secrets product lines.

 

   

Hanes conducted its 3rd annual Holiday Sock Drive which encouraged its nearly two million Facebook fans to support a drive to contribute socks to those in need through the Salvation Army. Hanes has contributed more than 1.7 million socks since 2009.

 

   

Hanes developed a Facebook sampling program to give its fans an opportunity to try the latest comfort innovations. For women, this included weekly promotions such as Wedgie-Free Wednesdays (for Hanes No Ride Up panties), Happy Toe Tuesdays (for Hanes Comfort Toe Seam socks), and Comfort Flex Fit Fridays (for Hanes Comfort Flex Fit bras). For men, this included the Comfort Challenge promotion encouraging men to try the Hanes Lay Flat Collar undershirt.

 

10


Table of Contents

Distribution

As of December 31, 2011, we distributed our products from 36 distribution centers. These facilities include 15 facilities located in the United States and 21 facilities located outside the United States in regions where we manufacture our products. We internally manage and operate 18 of these facilities, and we use third party logistics providers who operate the other 18 facilities on our behalf. International distribution operations use a combination of third party logistics providers, as well as owned and operated distribution operations, to distribute goods to our various international markets.

Manufacturing and Sourcing

During 2011, approximately 66% of our finished goods sold were manufactured through a combination of facilities we own and operate and facilities owned and operated by third party contractors who perform some of the steps in the manufacturing process for us, such as cutting and/or sewing. We sourced the remainder of our finished goods from third party manufacturers who supply us with finished products based on our designs. We believe that our balanced approach to product supply, which relies on a combination of owned, contracted and sourced manufacturing located across different geographic regions, increases the efficiency of our operations, reduces product costs and offers customers a reliable source of supply.

Finished Goods That Are Manufactured by Hanesbrands

The manufacturing process for the finished goods that we manufacture begins with raw materials we obtain from suppliers. The principal raw materials in our product categories are cotton and synthetics. Our costs for cotton yarn and cotton-based textiles vary based upon the fluctuating cost of cotton, which is affected by, among other factors, weather, consumer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus consumer countries and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. We are able to lock in the cost of cotton reflected in the price we pay for yarn from our primary yarn suppliers in an attempt to protect our business from the upward volatility of the market price of cotton. Under our agreements with these suppliers, we have the ability to periodically fix the cotton cost component of our yarn purchases. When we elect to fix the cotton cost component under these agreements, interim fluctuations in the price of cotton do not impact the price we pay for the specified volume of yarn, and it is the yarn suppliers’ responsibility to procure the cotton at the agreed upon pricing through arrangements they make with their cotton suppliers. In addition to cotton yarn and cotton-based textiles, we use thread, narrow elastic and trim for product identification, buttons, zippers, snaps and lace.

Fluctuations in crude oil or petroleum prices may also influence the prices of items used in our business, such as chemicals, dyestuffs, polyester yarn and foam. Alternate sources of these materials and services are readily available. Cotton and synthetic materials are typically spun into yarn, which is then knitted into cotton, synthetic and blended fabrics. We source all of our yarn requirements from large-scale suppliers. To a lesser extent, we purchase fabric from several domestic and international suppliers in conjunction with scheduled production. These fabrics are cut and sewn into finished products, either by us or by third party contractors. Most of our cutting and sewing operations are strategically located in Asia, Central America and the Caribbean Basin.

Rising fuel, energy and utility costs may have a significant impact on our manufacturing costs. These costs may fluctuate due to a number of factors outside our control, including government policy and regulation, foreign exchange rates and weather conditions.

We currently operate 43 manufacturing facilities. In making decisions about the location of manufacturing operations and third party sources of supply, we consider a number of factors, including labor, local operating costs, quality, regional infrastructure, applicable quotas and duties, and freight costs. For example, our textile production plant in Nanjing, China, enables us to expand and leverage our production scale in Asia as we balance our supply chain across hemispheres, thereby diversifying our production risks.

 

11


Table of Contents

Finished Goods That Are Manufactured by Third Parties

In addition to our manufacturing capabilities, we also source finished goods we design from third party manufacturers, also referred to as “turnkey products.” Many of these turnkey products are sourced from international suppliers by our strategic sourcing hubs in Hong Kong and other locations in Asia.

All contracted and sourced manufacturing must meet our high quality standards. Further, all contractors and third party manufacturers must be preaudited and adhere to our strict supplier and business practices guidelines. These requirements provide strict standards covering hours of work, age of workers, health and safety conditions and conformity with local laws and Hanesbrands’ standards. Each new supplier must be inspected and agree to comprehensive compliance terms prior to performance of any production on our behalf. We audit compliance with these standards and maintain strict compliance performance records. In addition to our audit procedures, we require certain of our suppliers to be Worldwide Responsible Accredited Production, or “WRAP,” certified. WRAP is a recognized apparel certification program that independently monitors and certifies compliance with certain specified manufacturing standards that are intended to ensure that a given factory produces sewn goods under lawful, humane and ethical conditions. WRAP uses third party, independent certification firms and requires factory-by-factory certification.

Geographic Financial Summary

For a summary of our operations by geographic area for each of the three most recent fiscal years, including revenues from external customers and long-lived assets, see Note 19 to our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trade Regulation

We are exposed to certain risks of doing business outside of the United States. We import goods into the United States and other countries from company-owned facilities in Asia, Central America, the Caribbean Basin and Mexico, and from suppliers in those areas and in Europe, South America, Africa and the Middle East. These import transactions are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries and to tariffs applicable to such merchandise.

In addition, much of the merchandise we import is subject to duty free entry into the United States under various trade preferences and/or free trade agreements provided the goods meet certain criteria and characteristics. Compliance with these specific requirements as well as all other requirements is reviewed periodically by the United States Customs and Border Control and other governmental agencies.

Finally, imported apparel merchandise may be subject to various restrictive trade actions initiated by the United States government, domestic industry, labor or other parties under various United States laws. Such actions could result in the United States government imposing additional tariffs or other restrictions against apparel under special safeguard actions applicable to China, other safeguard actions applicable to any country, or antidumping or countervailing duties applicable to specific products from specific countries. Currently there are no such actions, additional, special or safeguard duties or quotas imposed against products which we import into the United States. Our management evaluates the possible impact of these and similar actions on our ability to import products from China and other countries. If such safeguards or duties were to be imposed, we do not expect that these restraints would have a material impact on us.

Our management monitors new developments and risks relating to duties, tariffs and quotas. Changes in these areas have the potential to harm or, in some cases, benefit our business. In response to the changing import environment management has chosen to continue its balanced approach to manufacturing and sourcing. We attempt to limit our sourcing exposure through geographic diversification with a mix of company-owned and contracted production, as well as shifts of production among countries and contractors. We intend to continue to manage our supply chain from a global perspective and adjust as needed to changes in the global production environment.

We also monitor a number of international security risks. We are a member of the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism, or “C-TPAT,” a partnership between the government and private sector initiated after the events of September 11, 2001 to improve supply chain and border security. C-TPAT partners work with U.S. Customs and Border Protection to protect their supply chains from concealment of terrorist weapons, including weapons of mass destruction. In exchange, U.S. Customs and Border Protection provides reduced inspections at the port of arrival and expedited processing at the border.

 

12


Table of Contents

Competition

The basic apparel market is highly competitive and rapidly evolving. Competition generally is based upon brand name recognition, price, product quality, selection, service and purchasing convenience. Our businesses face competition today from other large corporations and foreign manufacturers. Fruit of the Loom, Inc., a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., competes with us across most of our segments through its own offerings and those of its Russell Corporation and Vanity Fair Intimates offerings. Other competitors in our Innerwear segment include Limited Brands, Inc.’s Victoria’s Secret brand, Jockey International, Inc., Warnaco Group Inc. and Maidenform Brands, Inc. Other competitors in our Outerwear segment include various private label and controlled brands sold by many of our customers, Gildan Activewear, Inc. and Gap Inc. We also compete with many small manufacturers across all of our business segments, including our International segment. Additionally, department stores and other retailers, including many of our customers, market and sell basic apparel products under private labels that compete directly with our brands.

Our competitive strengths include our strong brands with leading market positions, our high-volume, core products focus, our significant scale of operations, our global supply chain and our strong customer relationships.

 

   

Strong brands with leading market positions. According to NPD, our brands held either the number one or number two U.S. market position by units sold in most product categories in which we compete, and our largest brand, Hanes, was the top-selling apparel brand in the United States by units sold, for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011.

 

   

High-volume, core products. We sell high-volume, frequently replenished basic apparel products. The majority of our core styles continue from year to year, with variations only in color, fabric or design details, and are frequently replenished by consumers. We believe that our status as a high-volume seller of core basic apparel products creates a more stable and predictable revenue base and reduces our exposure to dramatic fashion shifts often observed in the general apparel industry.

 

   

Significant scale of operations. According to NPD, we are the largest seller of basic apparel in the United States as measured by units sold for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011. Most of our products are sold to large retailers that have high-volume demands. We believe that we are able to leverage our significant scale of operations to provide us with greater manufacturing efficiencies, purchasing power and product design, marketing and customer management resources than our smaller competitors.

 

   

Global supply chain. Our global supply chain provides us with a balanced approach to product supply, which relies on a combination of owned, contracted and sourced manufacturing located across different geographic regions, increases the efficiency of our operations, reduces product costs and offers customers a reliable source of supply. Our global supply chain enables us to expand and leverage our production scale as we balance our supply chain across hemispheres, thereby diversifying our production risks.

 

   

Strong customer relationships. We sell our products primarily through large, high-volume retailers, including mass merchants, department stores and national chains. We have strong, long-term relationships with our top customers, including relationships of more than 10 years with each of our top ten customers. We have aligned significant parts of our organization with corresponding parts of our customers’ organizations. We also have entered into customer-specific programs such as the C9 by Champion products marketed and sold through Target stores.

 

13


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Overview

We market our products under hundreds of trademarks and service marks in the United States and other countries around the world, the most widely recognized of which are Hanes, Champion, C9 by Champion, Playtex, Bali, L’eggs, Just My Size, barely there, Wonderbra, Stedman, Outer Banks, Zorba, Rinbros, Duofold and Gear for Sports. Some of our products are sold under trademarks that have been licensed from third parties, such as Polo Ralph Lauren men’s underwear, and we also hold licenses from various toy and media companies giving us the right to use certain of their proprietary characters, names and trademarks.

Some of our own trademarks are licensed to third parties, such as Champion for athletic-oriented accessories. In the United States and Canada, the Playtex trademark is owned by Playtex Marketing Corporation, of which we own a 50% interest and which grants to us a perpetual royalty-free license to the Playtex trademark on and in connection with the sale of apparel in the United States and Canada. The other 50% interest in Playtex Marketing Corporation is owned by Playtex Products, Inc., an unrelated third party, who has a perpetual royalty-free license to the Playtex trademark on and in connection with the sale of non-apparel products in the United States. Outside the United States and Canada, we own the Playtex trademark and perpetually license such trademark to Playtex Products, Inc. for non-apparel products. In addition, as described below, as part of Sara Lee’s sale in February 2006 of its European branded apparel business, an affiliate of Sun Capital Partners, Inc., or “Sun Capital,” has an exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free license to manufacture, sell and distribute apparel products under the Wonderbra and Playtex trademarks in the member states of the European Union, as well as several other European nations and South Africa. We also own a number of copyrights. Our trademarks and copyrights are important to our marketing efforts and have substantial value. We aggressively protect these trademarks and copyrights from infringement and dilution through appropriate measures, including court actions and administrative proceedings.

Although the laws vary by jurisdiction, trademarks generally remain valid as long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained. Most of the trademarks in our portfolio, including our core brands, are covered by trademark registrations in the countries of the world in which we do business, in addition to many other jurisdictions around the world, with registration periods generally ranging between seven and 10 years depending on the country. Generally, trademark registrations can be renewed indefinitely as long as the trademarks are in use. We have an active program designed to ensure that our trademarks are registered, renewed, protected and maintained. We plan to continue to use all of our core trademarks and plan to renew the registrations for such trademarks as needed. Most of our copyrights are unregistered, although we have a sizable portfolio of copyrighted lace designs that are the subject of a number of registrations at the U.S. Copyright Office.

We place high importance on product innovation and design, and a number of these innovations and designs are the subject of patents. However, we do not regard any segment of our business as being dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents. In addition, we own proprietary trade secrets, technology and know-how that we have not patented.

Shared Trademark Relationship with Sun Capital

In February 2006, Sara Lee sold its European branded apparel business to an affiliate of Sun Capital. In connection with the sale, Sun Capital received an exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free license to manufacture, sell and distribute apparel products under the Wonderbra and Playtex trademarks in the member states of the European Union, as well as Belarus, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Croatia, Macedonia, Moldova, Morocco, Norway, Russia, Serbia-Montenegro, South Africa, Switzerland, Ukraine, Andorra, Albania, Channel Islands, Lichtenstein, Monaco, Gibraltar, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Reunion and French Guyana, which we refer to as the “Covered Nations.” We are not permitted to sell Wonderbra and Playtex branded products in the Covered Nations, and Sun Capital is not permitted to sell Wonderbra and Playtex branded products outside of the Covered Nations. In connection with the sale, we also have received an exclusive, perpetual royalty-free license to sell DIM and UNNO branded products in Panama, Honduras, El Salvador, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Belize, Guatemala, Mexico, Puerto Rico, the United States, Canada and, for DIM products, Japan. We are not permitted to sell DIM or UNNO branded apparel products outside of these countries and Sun Capital is not permitted to sell DIM or UNNO branded apparel products inside these countries. In addition, the rights to certain European-originated brands previously part of Sara Lee’s branded apparel portfolio were transferred to Sun Capital and are not included in our brand portfolio.

 

14


Table of Contents

Corporate Social Responsibility

We have a formal corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) program that consists of five core initiatives: a global ethics program for all employees worldwide; a facility compliance program that seeks to ensure company and supplier plants meet our labor and social compliance standards; a product safety program; global environmental management and energy management systems that seek to reduce the environmental impact of our operations; and a commitment to corporate philanthropy which seeks to meet the “fundamental needs” of the communities in which we live and work. We employ more than 15 full-time CSR personnel across the world to manage our program.

Hanesbrands and its global social compliance program are fully accredited by the Fair Labor Association (the “FLA”), a leading independent nongovernmental international workers’ rights organization. The FLA works with industry, civil society organizations and colleges and universities to protect workers’ rights and improve working conditions in factories around the world, and a representative of Hanesbrands sits on the FLA governing board. Participating companies in the FLA are required to fulfill 10 comprehensive obligations to protect workers’ rights, including conducting internal monitoring of facilities, submitting to independent monitoring audits and verification, and managing and reporting information on their compliance efforts. The FLA conducts unannounced independent external monitoring audits of a sample of a participating company’s plants and suppliers and publishes the results of those audits for the public to review. In November 2010, As You Sow, a San Francisco-based shareholder advocacy organization, issued a report on apparel supply chain compliance programs and rated Hanesbrands’ program with the third-highest grade of companies studied.

We are committed to reducing our greenhouse gas footprint, and we have implemented a comprehensive corporate energy policy to minimize energy consumption, reduce operating costs, and continually reduce emissions to the environment. We manage this commitment by reducing our energy consumption as much as possible, exploring better supply chain management to reduce our use of energy-intensive transportation, adopting cleaner technologies where possible and actively tracking our energy metrics. Currently, more than 30% of our total worldwide energy use comes from renewable sources. We have reduced our CO2 emissions per unit manufactured by more than 16% since 2007. We have also worked closely with Energy Star, a program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency that helps save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. Hanesbrands earned the U.S. EPA Energy Star partner of the year award in 2010 and 2011 for energy efficiency progress. In Newsweek magazine’s latest annual list of the 500 greenest companies in America, Hanesbrands ranks No. 150.

We also incorporate Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) practices into many remodeling and new construction projects for our facilities around the world, including sales offices, retail stores, headquarters buildings, distribution centers and manufacturing facilities. We have earned the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED sustainability certification for six of our facilities with two further certifications pending. In total, we have 20 percent of our worldwide square footage that is either LEED certified or in the process of achieving certification. Our more than 1 million-square-foot fabric production plant in Nanjing, China, is one of the few manufacturing facilities with certification in that country, and our 1.3 million-square-foot distribution center in Perris, California, is one of the largest LEED-certified distribution centers in the world. Sustainable features of the LEED-certified facilities include reduction of energy usage through extensive use of natural skylighting, motion-detection lighting, advanced climate control technology, reduction of water usage through low-water bathroom fixtures and low-water landscaping, innovative site grading techniques and use of locally produced concrete.

Our corporate philanthropic efforts are focused on meeting the “fundamental needs” of the communities in which we live and work. In 2011, we were again the largest corporate giver to our local United Way in Forsyth County, N.C., with our corporate and employee gifts totaling more than $2 million. In Central America and the Caribbean Basin, we have instituted the unique Green For Good program (Viviendo Verde), in which we use the proceeds from recycling waste materials in our manufacturing operations for community improvement projects, such as school and health-clinic renovations, that also are supported through extensive employee volunteerism. We are preparing the rollout of this program in Asia. For more detail on the full range of our CSR efforts, including our commitment to and work in our communities, go to www.hanesbrandsCSR.com.

 

15


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

We have a well-developed environmental program that focuses heavily on energy use (in particular the use of renewable energy), water use and wastewater treatment, and the use of chemicals that comply with our restricted substances list. We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that govern our activities, operations and products that may have adverse environmental, health and safety effects, including laws and regulations relating to generating emissions, water discharges, waste, product and packaging content and workplace safety. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations may result in substantial monetary penalties and criminal sanctions. We are aware of hazardous substances or petroleum releases at a few of our facilities and are working with the relevant environmental authorities to investigate and address such releases. We also have been identified as a “potentially responsible party” at a few waste disposal sites undergoing investigation and cleanup under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (commonly known as Superfund) or state Superfund equivalent programs. Where we have determined that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can reasonably be estimated, we have accrued amounts in our balance sheet for losses related to these sites. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations and our remedial environmental obligations historically have not had a material impact on our operations, and we are not aware of any proposed regulations or remedial obligations that could trigger significant costs or capital expenditures in order to comply.

Governmental Regulation

We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations that could affect our business, including those promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the Flammable Fabrics Act, the Textile Fiber Product Identification Act, the rules and regulations of the Consumer Products Safety Commission and various environmental laws and regulations. While we have had a product safety program in place for many years focused heavily on children’s products, we have reinforced our product safety team and technological capabilities to ensure that we fully comply with the new Consumer Products Safety Improvement Act. Our international businesses are subject to similar laws and regulations in the countries in which they operate. Our operations also are subject to various international trade agreements and regulations. See “— Trade Regulation.” While we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable governmental regulations, current governmental regulations may change or become more stringent or unforeseen events may occur, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 53,300 employees, approximately 7,900 of whom were located in the United States. Of the employees located in the United States, approximately 2,200 were full or part-time employees in our stores within our direct to consumer channel. As of December 31, 2011, in the United States, approximately 30 employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Some of our international employees were also covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

This section describes circumstances or events that could have a negative effect on our financial results or operations or that could change, for the worse, existing trends in our businesses. The occurrence of one or more of the circumstances or events described below could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows or on the trading prices of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that currently are not known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may adversely affect our businesses and operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products, reduce access to credit and cause our customers, suppliers and other business partners to suffer financial hardship, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Although the majority of our products are replenishment in nature and tend to be purchased by consumers on a planned, rather than on an impulse, basis, our sales are impacted by discretionary spending by consumers. Discretionary spending is affected by many factors that are outside of our control, including, among others, general business conditions, interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, currency exchange rates, taxation, energy prices, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending. Reduced sales at our wholesale customers may lead to lower retail inventory levels, reduced orders to Hanesbrands, or order cancellations. These lower sales volumes, along with the possibility of restrictions on access to the credit markets, may result in our customers experiencing financial difficulties including store closures, bankruptcies or liquidations. This may result in higher credit risk relating to receivables from our customers who are experiencing these financial difficulties. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, economic conditions, including decreased access to credit, may result in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our suppliers of raw materials and finished goods, logistics and other service providers and financial institutions which are counterparties to our credit facilities and derivatives transactions. In addition, the inability of these third parties to overcome these difficulties may increase. If third parties on which we rely for raw materials, finished goods or services are unable to overcome financial difficulties and provide us with the materials and services we need, or if counterparties to our credit facilities or derivatives transactions do not perform their obligations, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Significant fluctuations and volatility in the price of various input costs, such as cotton and oil-related materials, utilities, freight and wages, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The economic environment in which we are operating continues to be uncertain and volatile, which could have unanticipated adverse effects on our business during 2012 and beyond. We have seen a sustained increase in various input costs, such as cotton and oil-related materials, utilities, freight and wages, which impacted our results in 2011 and will continue to do so through at least the first half of 2012. Inflation can have a long-term impact on us because increasing costs of materials and labor may impact our ability to maintain satisfactory margins. For example, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, such as fuel, energy and utility costs, can fluctuate as a result of inflation and other factors. Similarly, a significant portion of our products are manufactured in other countries and declines in the value of the U.S. dollar may result in higher manufacturing costs. Increases in inflation may not be matched by rises in income, which also could have a negative impact on spending. In addition, sudden decreases in the costs for materials, including cotton, may result in the cost of inventory exceeding the cost of new production, which could result in lower profitability, particularly if these decreases result in downward price pressure. If, in the future we incur volatility in the costs for materials, including cotton, and labor that we are unable to offset through price adjustments or improved efficiencies, or if consumer spending declines or if our competitors’ unwillingness to follow our price changes results in downward price pressure, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be adversely affected.

We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly evolving market, and our market share and results of operations could be adversely affected if we fail to compete effectively in the future.

The basic apparel market is highly competitive and evolving rapidly. Competition is generally based upon brand name recognition, price, product quality, selection, service and purchasing convenience. Our businesses face competition today from other large corporations and foreign manufacturers, as well as, department stores and other retailers, including many of our customers, that market and sell basic apparel products under private labels that compete directly with our brands. Our customers may buy goods that are manufactured by others, which represents a lost business opportunity for us, or they may sell private label products manufactured by us, which have significantly lower gross margins than our branded products. In our Outerwear segment, we also face competition in the wholesale casualwear (imagewear) category from other manufacturers with respect to the sale of lower-margin products to wholesalers and third party embellishers, whose purchasing decisions are primarily driven by price, rather than brand name recognition. Increased competition may result in a loss of or a reduction in shelf space and promotional support and reduced prices, in each case decreasing our cash flows,

 

17


Table of Contents

operating margins and profitability. Our ability to remain competitive in the areas of price, quality, brand recognition, research and product development, manufacturing and distribution will, in large part, determine our future success. If we fail to compete successfully, our market share, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.

Any disruption to our supply chain or adverse impact on its extensive network of operations may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We have an extensive global supply chain. A significant portion of our products are manufactured in or sourced from locations in Asia, Central America, the Caribbean Basin and Mexico. Potential events that may disrupt our supply chain operations include:

 

   

political instability and acts of war or terrorism or other international events resulting in the disruption of trade;

 

   

other security risks;

 

   

operational disruptions;

 

   

disruptions in shipping and freight forwarding services;

 

   

increases in oil prices, which would increase the cost of shipping;

 

   

interruptions in the availability of basic services and infrastructure, including power shortages;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates resulting in uncertainty as to future asset and liability values, cost of goods and results of operations that are denominated in foreign currencies;

 

   

extraordinary weather conditions or natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods or fires; and

 

   

the occurrence of an epidemic, the spread of which may impact our ability to obtain products on a timely basis.

Disruptions in our supply chain could negatively impact our business by interrupting production, increasing our cost of sales, disrupting merchandise deliveries, delaying receipt of products into the United States or preventing us from sourcing our products at all. Depending on timing, these events could also result in lost sales, cancellation charges or excessive markdowns. All of the foregoing can have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The loss of one or more of our suppliers of finished goods or raw materials may interrupt our supplies and materially harm our business.

We purchase all of the raw materials used in our products and approximately 34% of the apparel designed by us from a limited number of third party suppliers and manufacturers. Our ability to meet our customers’ needs depends on our ability to maintain an uninterrupted supply of raw materials and finished products from our third party suppliers and manufacturers. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected if any of our principal third party suppliers or manufacturers experience financial difficulties that they are not able to overcome resulting from worldwide economic conditions, production problems, difficulties in sourcing raw materials, lack of capacity or transportation disruptions, or if for these or other reasons they raise the prices of the raw materials or finished products we purchase from them. The magnitude of this risk depends upon the timing of any interruptions, the materials or products that the third party manufacturers provide and the volume of production.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our dependence on third parties for raw materials and finished products subjects us to the risk of supplier failure and customer dissatisfaction with the quality of our products. Quality failures by our third party manufacturers or changes in their financial or business condition that affect their production could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our customers and thereby materially harm our business.

If we fail to manage our inventory effectively, we may be required to establish additional inventory reserves or we may not carry enough inventory to meet customer demands, causing us to suffer lower margins or losses.

We are faced with the constant challenge of balancing our inventory with our ability to meet marketplace needs. We continually monitor our inventory levels to best balance current supply and demand with potential future demand that typically surges when consumers no longer postpone purchases in our product categories, and we are continuing to implement strategies such as supplier-managed inventory. Inventory reserves can result from the complexity of our supply chain, a long manufacturing process and the seasonal nature of certain products. Increases in inventory levels may also be needed to service our business as we continue to optimize our supply chain to further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset turns and reduce costs. As a result, we could be subject to high levels of obsolescence and excess stock. Based on discussions with our customers and internally generated projections, we produce, purchase and/or store raw material and finished goods inventory to meet our expected demand for delivery. However, we sell a large number of our products to a small number of customers, and these customers generally are not required by contract to purchase our goods. If, after producing and storing inventory in anticipation of deliveries, demand is lower than expected, we may have to hold inventory for extended periods or sell excess inventory at reduced prices, in some cases below our cost. Additionally, sudden decreases in the costs for materials, including cotton, may result in the cost of inventory exceeding the cost of new production; if this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flow, particularly if we hold a large amount of excess inventory. There are inherent uncertainties related to the recoverability of inventory, and it is possible that market factors and other conditions underlying the valuation of inventory may change in the future and result in further reserve requirements. Excess inventory charges can reduce gross margins or result in operating losses, lowered plant and equipment utilization and lowered fixed operating cost absorption, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Conversely, we also are exposed to lost business opportunities if we underestimate market demand and produce too little inventory for any particular period. Because sales of our products are generally not made under contract, if we do not carry enough inventory to satisfy our customers’ demands for our products within an acceptable time frame, they may seek to fulfill their demands from one or several of our competitors and may reduce the amount of business they do with us. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may not be able to achieve the benefits we are seeking through optimizing our supply chain, which could impair our ability to further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset turns and reduce costs.

We have restructured our supply chain over the past five years to create more efficient production clusters that utilize fewer, larger facilities and to balance our production capability between the Western Hemisphere and Asia. We consolidated our distribution network by implementing new warehouse management systems and technology and adding new distribution centers and new third party logistics providers to replace parts of our legacy distribution network. With our global supply chain infrastructure in place, we continue to be focused long-term on optimizing our supply chain to further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset turns and reduce costs through several initiatives, such as supplier-managed inventory for raw materials and sourced goods ownership arrangements. If we are not able to optimize our supply chain, we may not be successful at improving working capital and asset turns and reducing costs.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to deliver our products to the market due to problems with our distribution network.

We distribute our products from facilities that we operate as well as facilities that are operated by third party logistics providers. Because substantially all of our products are distributed from a relatively small number of locations, our operations could be interrupted by extraordinary weather conditions or natural disasters, such as

 

19


Table of Contents

hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods or fires near our distribution centers. We maintain business interruption insurance, but it may not adequately protect us from the adverse effects that could be caused by significant disruptions to our distribution network. In addition, our distribution network is dependent on the timely performance of services by third parties, including the transportation of product to and from our distribution facilities. If we are unable to successfully operate our distribution network, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Due to the extensive nature of our foreign operations, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our results of operations.

We sell a majority of our products in transactions denominated in U.S. dollars; however, we purchase many of our raw materials, pay a portion of our wages and make other payments in our supply chain in foreign currencies. As a result, when the U.S. dollar weakens against any of these currencies, our cost of sales could increase substantially. Outside the United States, we may pay for materials or finished products in U.S. dollars, and in some cases a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could effectively increase our costs where we use foreign currency to purchase the U.S. dollars we need to make such payments. We use foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge material exposure to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We are also exposed to gains and losses resulting from the effect that fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates have on the reported results in our financial statements due to the translation of operating results and financial position of our foreign subsidiaries.

We rely on a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our sales, and the loss of or material reduction in sales to any of our top customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In 2011, our top 10 customers accounted for 62% of our net sales and our top customers, Wal-Mart and Target, accounted for 25% and 16% of our net sales, respectively. We expect that these customers will continue to represent a significant portion of our net sales in the future. In addition, our top customers are the largest market participants in our primary distribution channels across all of our product lines. Any loss of or material reduction in sales to any of our top 10 customers, especially Wal-Mart and Target, would be difficult to recapture, and would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Sales to our customers could be reduced if they devote less selling space to apparel products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Over time, some of our customers that sell a variety of goods may devote less selling space to apparel products. If any of our customers devote less selling space to apparel products, our sales to those customers could be reduced even if we maintain our share of their apparel business. Any material reduction in sales resulting from reductions in apparel selling space could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We generally do not sell our products under contracts, and as a result, our customers are generally not contractually obligated to purchase our products, which causes some uncertainty as to future sales and inventory levels.

We generally do not enter into purchase agreements that obligate our customers to purchase our products, and as a result, most of our sales are made on a purchase order basis. If any of our customers experiences a significant downturn in its business, or fails to remain committed to our products or brands, the customer is generally under no contractual obligation to purchase our products and, consequently, may reduce or discontinue purchases from us. In the past, such actions have resulted in a decrease in sales and an increase in our inventory and have had an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If such actions occur again in the future, our business, results of operations and financial condition will likely be similarly affected.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our existing customers may require products on an exclusive basis, forms of economic support and other changes that could be harmful to our business.

Customers increasingly may require us to provide them with some of our products on an exclusive basis, which could cause an increase in the number of stock keeping units, or “SKUs,” we must carry and, consequently, increase our inventory levels and working capital requirements. Moreover, our customers may increasingly seek markdown allowances, incentives and other forms of economic support which reduce our gross margins and affect our profitability. Our financial performance is negatively affected by these pricing pressures when we are forced to reduce our prices without being able to correspondingly reduce our production costs.

Sales of and demand for our products may decrease if we fail to keep pace with evolving consumer preferences and trends, which could have an adverse effect on net sales and profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to evolving consumer preferences and trends and to translate these preferences and trends into marketable product offerings. If we are unable to successfully anticipate, identify or react to changing styles or trends or misjudge the market for our products, our sales may be lower than expected and we may be faced with a significant amount of unsold finished goods inventory. In response, we may be forced to increase our marketing promotions, provide markdown allowances to our customers or liquidate excess merchandise, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our net sales and profitability. Our brand image may also suffer if customers believe that we are no longer able to offer innovative products, respond to consumer preferences or maintain the quality of our products.

Any inadequacy, interruption, integration failure or security failure with respect to our information technology could harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

Our ability to effectively manage and operate our business depends significantly on our information technology systems. As part of our efforts to consolidate our operations, we also expect to continue to incur costs associated with the integration of our information technology systems across our company over the next several years. This process involves the consolidation or possible replacement of technology platforms so that our business functions are served by fewer platforms. We are subject to the risk that we will not be able to absorb the level of systems change, commit the necessary resources or focus the management attention necessary for the implementation to succeed. Many key strategic initiatives of major business functions, such as our supply chain and our finance operations, depend on advanced capabilities enabled by the new systems and if we fail to properly execute or if we miss critical deadlines in the implementation of this initiative, we could experience serious disruption and harm to our business. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, difficulty in integrating new systems or systems of acquired businesses or a breach in security of these systems could adversely impact the operations of our business.

If we experience a data security breach and confidential customer information is disclosed, we may be subject to penalties and experience negative publicity, which could affect our customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We and our customers could suffer harm if customer information were accessed by third parties due to a security failure in our systems. The collection of data and processing of transactions through our Direct to Consumer operations require us to receive and store a large amount of personally identifiable data. This type of data is subject to legislation and regulation in various jurisdictions. We may become exposed to potential liabilities with respect to the data that we collect, manage and process, and may incur legal costs if our information security policies and procedures are not effective or if we are required to defend our methods of collection, processing and storage of personal data. Future investigations, lawsuits or adverse publicity relating to our methods of handling personal data could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows due to the costs and negative market reaction relating to such developments.

 

21


Table of Contents

The success of our business is tied to the strength and reputation of our brands, including brands that we license to other parties. If other parties take actions that weaken, harm the reputation of or cause confusion with our brands, our business, and consequently our sales, results of operations and cash flows, may be adversely affected.

We license some of our important trademarks to third parties. For example, we license Champion to third parties for athletic-oriented accessories. Although we make concerted efforts to protect our brands through quality control mechanisms and contractual obligations imposed on our licensees, there is a risk that some licensees may not be in full compliance with those mechanisms and obligations. In that event, or if a licensee engages in behavior with respect to the licensed marks that would cause us reputational harm, we could experience a significant downturn in that brand’s business, adversely affecting our sales and results of operations. Similarly, any misuse of the Wonderbra or Playtex brands by Sun Capital could result in negative publicity and a loss of sales for our products under these brands, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We design, manufacture, source and sell products under trademarks that are licensed from third parties. If any licensor takes actions related to their trademarks that would cause their brands or our company reputational harm, our business may be adversely affected.

We design, manufacture, source and sell a number of our products under trademarks that are licensed from third parties such as our Polo Ralph Lauren men’s underwear. Because we do not control the brands licensed to us, our licensors could make changes to their brands or business models that could result in a significant downturn in a brand’s business, adversely affecting our sales and results of operations. If any licensor engages in behavior with respect to the licensed marks that would cause us reputational harm, or if any of the brands licensed to us violates the trademark rights of another or are deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, we could experience a significant downturn in that brand’s business, adversely affecting our sales and results of operations, and we may be required to expend significant amounts on public relations, advertising and, possibly, legal fees.

We are prohibited from selling our Wonderbra and Playtex intimate apparel products in the EU, as well as certain other countries in Europe and South Africa, and therefore are unable to take advantage of business opportunities that may arise in such countries.

Sun Capital has an exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free license to manufacture, sell and distribute apparel products under the Wonderbra and Playtex trademarks in the member states of the EU, as well as Russia, South Africa, Switzerland and certain other nations in Europe. Due to the exclusive license, we are not permitted to sell Wonderbra and Playtex branded products in these nations and Sun Capital is not permitted to sell Wonderbra and Playtex branded products outside of these nations. Consequently, we will not be able to take advantage of business opportunities that may arise relating to the sale of Wonderbra and Playtex products in these nations. For more information on these sales restrictions see “Business — Intellectual Property.”

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business may be adversely affected.

Our trademarks and copyrights are important to our marketing efforts and have substantial value. We aggressively protect these trademarks and copyrights from infringement and dilution through appropriate measures, including court actions and administrative proceedings. We are susceptible to others imitating our products and infringing our intellectual property rights. Infringement or counterfeiting of our products could diminish the value of our brands or otherwise adversely affect our business. Actions we have taken to establish and protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to invalidate our trademarks or block sales of our products as a violation of the trademarks and intellectual property rights of others. In addition, unilateral actions in the United States or other countries, such as changes to or the repeal of laws recognizing trademark or other intellectual property rights, could have an impact on our ability to enforce those rights.

The value of our intellectual property could diminish if others assert rights in, or ownership of, our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. We may be unable to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, there may be trademark owners who have prior rights to our trademarks because the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. In other cases, there may be holders who have prior rights to similar trademarks. We are from time to time involved in opposition and cancellation proceedings with respect to some items of our intellectual property.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness subjects us to various restrictions and could decrease our profitability and otherwise adversely affect our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources,” our indebtedness includes the $600 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loan Facility”) under our senior secured credit facility that we entered into in 2006 and amended and restated in December 2009 and further amended in February 2011 (the “2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility”), our $500 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes”), our $500 million 8.000% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “8% Senior Notes”), our $1 billion 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “6.375% Senior Notes”) and the $225 million accounts receivable securitization facility that we entered into in November 2007 (the “Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility”). The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the 8% Senior Notes and the 6.375% Senior Notes contain restrictions that affect, and in some cases significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to borrow funds, pay dividends or make other distributions, make investments, engage in transactions with affiliates, or create liens on our assets.

Our leverage also could put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged. These competitors could have greater financial flexibility to pursue strategic acquisitions, secure additional financing for their operations by incurring additional debt, expend capital to expand their manufacturing and production operations to lower-cost areas and apply pricing pressure on us. In addition, because many of our customers rely on us to fulfill a substantial portion of their basic apparel demand, any concern these customers may have regarding our financial condition may cause them to reduce the amount of products they purchase from us. Our leverage could also impede our ability to withstand downturns in our industry or the economy.

If we are unable to maintain financial ratios associated with our indebtedness, such failure could cause the acceleration of the maturity of such indebtedness which would adversely affect our business.

Covenants in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility require us to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total debt to EBITDA (earnings before income taxes, depreciation expense and amortization), or leverage ratio. Economic conditions could impact our ability to maintain the financial ratios contained in these agreements. If we fail to maintain these financial ratios, that failure could result in a default that accelerates the maturity of the indebtedness under such facilities, which could require that we repay such indebtedness in full, together with accrued and unpaid interest, unless we are able to negotiate new financial ratios or waivers of our current ratios with our lenders. Even if we are able to negotiate new financial ratios or waivers of our current financial ratios, we may be required to pay fees or make other concessions that may adversely impact our business. Any one of these options could result in significantly higher interest expense in 2012 and beyond. For information regarding our compliance with these covenants, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Liquidity.”

If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations, the lenders could foreclose on, and acquire control of, substantially all of our assets.

The lenders under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility have received a pledge of substantially all of our existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries, with certain customary or agreed-upon exceptions for foreign subsidiaries and certain other subsidiaries. Additionally, these lenders generally have a lien on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, with certain exceptions. The financial institutions that are party to the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility have a lien on certain of our domestic accounts receivables. As a result of these pledges and liens, if we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility or the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, the lenders under those facilities will be entitled to foreclose on substantially all of our assets and, at their option, liquidate these assets.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our indebtedness could restrict our ability to obtain additional capital in the future.

The restrictions contained in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and in the indentures governing the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the 8% Senior Notes and the 6.375% Senior Notes could limit our ability to obtain additional capital in the future to fund capital expenditures or acquisitions, meet our debt payment obligations and capital commitments, fund any operating losses or future development of our business affiliates, obtain lower borrowing costs that are available from secured lenders or engage in advantageous transactions that monetize our assets, or conduct other necessary or prudent corporate activities.

If we need to incur additional debt or issue equity in order to fund working capital and capital expenditures or to make acquisitions and other investments, debt or equity financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we are not able to obtain sufficient financing, we may be unable to maintain or expand our business. If we raise funds through the issuance of debt or equity, any debt securities or preferred stock issued will have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock in the event of a liquidation, and the terms of the debt securities may impose restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through the issuance of equity, the issuance would dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders.

Market returns could have a negative impact on the return on plan assets for our pension, which may require significant funding.

The plan assets of our pension plans, which had a return of approximately negative 1% and positive 12% during 2011 and 2010, respectively, are invested mainly in domestic and international equities, bonds and real estate. We are unable to predict the variations in asset values or the severity or duration of any disruptions in the financial markets or adverse economic conditions in the United States, Europe and Asia. The funded status of these plans, and the related cost reflected in our financial statements, are affected by various factors that are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, particularly in the current economic environment. Under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “Pension Protection Act”), losses of asset values may necessitate increased funding of the plans in the future to meet minimum federal government requirements. Under the Pension Protection Act funding rules, our U.S. qualified pension plan is approximately 73% funded as of December 31, 2011. This underfunding resulted from the decline in market value of the plans’ investment portfolios resulting from the global financial and credit crisis that began near the end of 2007 and a reduction in the discount rate used to determine the present value of the plans’ benefit obligation. Any additional downward pressure on the asset values of these plans may require us to fund obligations earlier than we had originally planned, which would have a negative impact on cash flows from operations.

Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of intangible assets and goodwill. A decline in the estimated fair value of an intangible asset or of a business unit could result in an asset impairment charge, which would be recorded as an operating expense in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Goodwill, trademarks and other identifiable intangible assets must be tested for impairment at least annually. The fair value of the goodwill assigned to a business unit could decline if projected revenues or cash flows were to be lower in the future due to effects of the global economy or other causes. If the carrying value of intangible assets or of goodwill were to exceed its fair value, the asset would be written down to its fair value, with the impairment loss recognized as a noncash charge in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $433 million of goodwill and $170 million of trademarks and other identifiable intangibles on our balance sheet, which together represent 15% of our total assets. No impairment was identified as a result of the testing conducted in 2011, and we have not had any impairment charges in the last three years. However, changes in the future outlook of a business unit could result in an impairment loss, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

24


Table of Contents

To service our debt obligations, we may need to increase the portion of the income of our foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the United States, which could increase our income tax expense.

The amount of the income of our foreign subsidiaries that we expect to remit to the United States may significantly impact our U.S. federal income tax expense. We pay U.S. federal income taxes on that portion of the income of our foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the United States and be taxable. In order to service our debt obligations, we may need to increase the portion of the income of our foreign subsidiaries that we expect to remit to the United States, which may significantly increase our income tax expense. Consequently, our strategic initiative to enhance our global supply chain by optimizing lower-cost manufacturing capacity and to support our commercial operations outside the United States may result in capital investments outside the United States that impact our income tax expense.

Unanticipated changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could increase our income taxes and decrease our net income.

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and, in the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities, changes in tax laws, adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns and other factors. Our tax determinations are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities and developments in those audits could adversely affect our income tax provision. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, any significant increase in our future effective tax rates could adversely impact our net income for future periods.

Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of deferred tax assets. We must generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the deferred tax benefits.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $549 million of net deferred tax assets on our balance sheet, which represents 14% of our total assets. Deferred tax assets relate to temporary differences (differences between the assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the assets and liabilities in the calculation of taxable income). The recognition of deferred tax assets is reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax benefits will not be realized. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the actual effective tax rates or the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase the valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets, which would cause an increase in our effective tax rate. A significant increase in our effective tax rate could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Compliance with environmental and other regulations could require significant expenditures.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that govern our activities, operations and products that may have adverse environmental, health and safety effects, including laws and regulations relating to generating emissions, water discharges, waste, product and packaging content and workplace safety. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations may result in substantial monetary penalties and criminal sanctions. Future events that could give rise to manufacturing interruptions or environmental remediation include changes in existing laws and regulations, the enactment of new laws and regulations, a release of hazardous substances on or from our properties or any associated offsite disposal location, or the discovery of contamination from current or prior activities at any of our properties. While we are not aware of any proposed regulations or remedial obligations that could trigger significant costs or capital expenditures in order to comply, any such regulations or obligations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

International trade regulations may increase our costs or limit the amount of products that we can import from suppliers in a particular country, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Because a significant amount of our manufacturing and production operations are located, or our products are sourced from, outside the United States, we are subject to international trade laws and regulations. The international trade laws and regulations to which we are subject or may become subject to include tariffs, safeguard, trade preferences, free trade agreements, quotas or other restrictions. These regulations could limit the countries in which we produce or from which we source our products or significantly increase the cost of operating in or obtaining materials originating from certain countries. Restrictions imposed by international trade

 

25


Table of Contents

regulations can have a particular impact on our business when, after we have moved our operations to a particular location, new unfavorable regulations are enacted in that area or favorable regulations currently in effect are changed. The countries in which our products are manufactured or into which or from they are imported may from time to time impose additional new regulations, or modify existing regulations, including:

 

   

additional duties, taxes, tariffs and other charges on imports, including retaliatory duties or other trade sanctions, which may or may not be based on WTO rules, and which would increase the cost of products produced in such countries;

 

   

limitations on the quantity of goods which may be imported into the United States from a particular country, including the imposition of further “safeguard” mechanisms by the U.S. government or governments in other jurisdictions, limiting our ability to import goods from particular countries, such as China;

 

   

changes in the classification and/or valuation of products that could result in higher duty rates than we have historically paid;

 

   

modification of the trading status of certain countries;

 

   

requirements as to where products are manufactured;

 

   

creation of export licensing requirements, imposition of restrictions on export quantities or specification of minimum export pricing; or

 

   

creation of other restrictions on imports.

Adverse international trade regulations, including those listed above, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We had approximately 53,300 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2011, and our business operations and financial performance could be adversely affected by changes in our relationship with our employees or changes to U.S. or foreign employment regulations.

We had approximately 53,300 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2011. This means we have a significant exposure to changes in domestic and foreign laws governing our relationships with our employees, including wage and hour laws and regulations, fair labor standards, minimum wage requirements, overtime pay, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship requirements and payroll taxes, which likely would have a direct impact on our operating costs. Approximately 45,400 of those employees were outside of the United States. A significant increase in minimum wage or overtime rates in countries where we have employees could have a significant impact on our operating costs and may require that we relocate those operations or take other steps to mitigate such increases, all of which may cause us to incur additional costs, expend resources responding to such increases and lower our margins.

In addition, some of our employees are members of labor organizations or are covered by collective bargaining agreements. If there were a significant increase in the number of our employees who are members of labor organizations or become parties to collective bargaining agreements, we would become vulnerable to a strike, work stoppage or other labor action by these employees that could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may suffer negative publicity if we or our third party manufacturers violate labor laws or engage in practices that are viewed as unethical or illegal, which could cause a loss of business.

We cannot fully control the business and labor practices of our third party manufacturers, the majority of whom are located in Asia, Central America and the Caribbean Basin. If one of our own manufacturing operations or one of our third party manufacturers violates or is accused of violating local or international labor laws or other applicable regulations, or engages in labor or other practices that would be viewed in any market in which our products are sold as unethical, we could suffer negative publicity, which could tarnish our brands’ image or result in a loss of sales. In addition, if such negative publicity affected one of our customers, it could result in a loss of business for us.

Our business depends on our senior management team and other key personnel.

Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management team and other key personnel, some of whom have unique talents and experience and would be difficult to replace. The loss or interruption of the services of a member of our senior management team or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business during the transitional period that would be required for a successor to assume the responsibilities of the position. Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain key managers, sales people and others. We may not be able to attract or retain these employees, which could adversely affect our business.

Businesses that we may acquire may fail to perform to expectations, and we may be unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses with our existing business.

From time to time, we may evaluate potential acquisition opportunities to support and strengthen our business. We may not be able to realize all or a substantial portion of the anticipated benefits of acquisitions that we may consummate. Newly acquired businesses may not achieve expected results of operations, including expected levels of revenues, and may require unanticipated costs and expenditures. Acquired businesses may also subject us to liabilities that we were unable to discover in the course of our due diligence, and our rights to indemnification from the sellers of such businesses, even if obtained, may not be sufficient to offset the relevant liabilities. In addition, the integration of newly acquired businesses may be expensive and time-consuming and may not be entirely successful. Integration of the acquired businesses may also place additional pressures on our systems of internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses or if acquired businesses fail to produce targeted results, it could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

If the IRS determines that our spin off from Sara Lee does not qualify as a “tax-free” distribution or a “tax-free” reorganization, we may be subject to substantial liability.

Sara Lee has received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” to the effect that, among other things, the spin off qualifies as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and as part of a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code, the transfer to us of assets and the assumption by us of liabilities in connection with the spin off will not result in the recognition of any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes to Sara Lee.

Although the private letter ruling relating to the qualification of the spin off under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code generally is binding on the IRS, the continuing validity of the ruling is subject to the accuracy of factual representations and assumptions made in connection with obtaining such private letter ruling. Also, as part of the IRS’s general policy with respect to rulings on spin off transactions under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, the private letter ruling obtained by Sara Lee is based upon representations by Sara Lee that certain conditions which are necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 355 and Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code have been satisfied, rather than a determination by the IRS that these conditions have been satisfied. Any inaccuracy in these representations could invalidate the ruling.

If the spin off does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then, in general, Sara Lee would be subject to tax as if it has sold the common stock of our company in a taxable sale for its fair market value. Sara Lee’s stockholders would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair

 

27


Table of Contents

market value of our common stock that was distributed to them, taxed as a dividend (without reduction for any portion of a Sara Lee’s stockholder’s basis in its shares of Sara Lee common stock) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and possibly for purposes of state and local tax law, to the extent of a Sara Lee’s stockholder’s pro rata share of Sara Lee’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any arising from the taxable gain to Sara Lee with respect to the spin off). It is expected that the amount of any such taxes to Sara Lee’s stockholders and to Sara Lee would be substantial.

Pursuant to a tax sharing agreement we entered into with Sara Lee in connection with the spin off, we agreed to indemnify Sara Lee and its affiliates for any liability for taxes of Sara Lee resulting from: (1) any action or failure to act by us or any of our affiliates following the completion of the spin off that would be inconsistent with or prohibit the spin off from qualifying as a tax-free transaction to Sara Lee and to Sara Lee’s stockholders under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (2) any action or failure to act by us or any of our affiliates following the completion of the spin off that would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material, information, covenant or representation made in connection with the private letter ruling obtained by Sara Lee from the IRS relating to, among other things, the qualification of the spin off as a tax-free transaction described under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code. Our indemnification obligations to Sara Lee and its affiliates are not limited in amount or subject to any cap. We expect that the amount of any such taxes to Sara Lee would be substantial.

Anti-takeover provisions of our charter and bylaws, as well as Maryland law and our stockholder rights agreement, may reduce the likelihood of any potential change of control or unsolicited acquisition proposal that you might consider favorable.

Our charter permits our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to amend the charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have the authority to issue. In addition, our Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock and may set the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. Our Board of Directors could establish a series of preferred stock that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders. Under Maryland law, our Board of Directors also is permitted, without stockholder approval, to implement a classified board structure at any time.

Our bylaws, which only can be amended by our Board of Directors, provide that nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered at a stockholders meeting may be made only in the notice of the meeting, by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. Also, under Maryland law, business combinations between us and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder, including mergers, consolidations, share exchanges or, in circumstances specified in the statute, asset transfers or issuances or reclassifications of equity securities, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. An interested stockholder includes any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares or any affiliate or associate of ours who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our stock. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if our Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, our Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by our Board. After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between us and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by our Board of Directors and approved by two supermajority votes or our common stockholders must receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares. The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by our Board of Directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights agreement which provides that in the event of an acquisition of or tender offer for 15% of our outstanding common stock, our stockholders, other than the acquirer, shall be granted rights to purchase our common stock at a certain price. The stockholder rights agreement could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire our common stock without the approval of our Board of Directors.

These and other provisions of Maryland law or our charter and bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be considered favorably by our stockholders.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 1C. Executive Officers of the Registrant

The chart below lists our executive officers and is followed by biographic information about them. Our executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No family relationship exists between any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Positions

Richard A. Noll

     54       Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Gerald W. Evans Jr.

     52       Co-Chief Operating Officer

William J. Nictakis

     51       Co-Chief Operating Officer

Richard D. Moss

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Joia M. Johnson

     51       Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Kevin W. Oliver

     54       Chief Human Resources Officer

Michael E. Faircloth

     46       Chief Supply Chain Officer

W. Howard Upchurch

     47       President, Innerwear/Hosiery

John T. Marsh

     46       President, Outerwear

Richard A. Noll has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2009, as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2006 and as a director since our formation in September 2005. From December 2002 until September 2006, he also served as a Senior Vice President of Sara Lee. From July 2005 to April 2006, Mr. Noll served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Sara Lee Branded Apparel. Mr. Noll served as Chief Executive Officer of Sara Lee Bakery Group from July 2003 to July 2005 and as the Chief Operating Officer of Sara Lee Bakery Group from July 2002 to July 2003. From July 2001 to July 2002, Mr. Noll was Chief Executive Officer of Sara Lee Legwear, Sara Lee Direct and Sara Lee Mexico. Mr. Noll joined Sara Lee in 1992 and held a number of management positions with increasing responsibilities while employed by Sara Lee. Mr. Noll currently serves on the Board of Directors of The Fresh Market, Inc., a specialty grocery retailer.

Gerald W. Evans Jr. has served as the Co-Chief Operating Officer of the Company since October 1, 2011. Prior to his appointment as Co-Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Evans served as our Co-Operating Officer, President International, since November 2010. From February 2009 until November 2010, he was our President, International Business and Global Supply Chain. From February 2008 until February 2009, he served as our President, Global Supply Chain and Asia Business Development. From September 2006 until February 2008, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer. From July 2005 until September 2006, Mr. Evans served as a Vice President of Sara Lee and as Chief Supply Chain Officer of Sara Lee Branded Apparel. Mr. Evans served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sara Lee Sportswear and Underwear from March 2003 until June 2005 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sara Lee Sportswear from March 1999 to February 2003.

 

29


Table of Contents

William J. Nictakis has served as the Co-Chief Operating Officer of the Company since October 1, 2011. Prior to his appointment as Co-Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Nictakis served as our Co-Operating Officer, President U.S., since November 2010. From November 2007 until November 2010, he was our President, Chief Commercial Officer. From June 2003 until November 2007, Mr. Nictakis served as President of the Sara Lee Bakery Group. From May 1999 through June 2003, Mr. Nictakis was Vice President, Sales, of Frito-Lay, Inc., a subsidiary of PepsiCo, Inc. that manufactures, markets, sells and distributes branded snacks.

Richard D. Moss has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 2011. Prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Moss served as the Company’s Chief Treasury and Tax Officer since December 2010, as a Senior Vice President since September 2006 and as Treasurer since June 2006. From January 2006 until the completion of the Company’s spin off from Sara Lee Corporation, Mr. Moss served as Treasurer of Sara Lee Branded Apparel. From August 2002 to December 2005, Mr. Moss served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Chattem, Inc., a leading marketer and manufacturer of branded over-the-counter health-care products, toiletries and dietary supplements.

Joia M. Johnson has served as our Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since January 2007, a position previously known as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. From May 2000 until January 2007, Ms. Johnson served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of RARE Hospitality International, Inc., an owner, operator and franchisor of national chain restaurants. Ms. Johnson currently serves on the Board of Directors of Crawford & Company, the world’s largest independent provider of claims management solutions to the risk management and insurance industry.

Kevin W. Oliver has served as our Chief Human Resources Officer since September 2006, a position previously known as Executive Vice President, Human Resources. From January 2006 until September 2006, Mr. Oliver served as a Vice President of Sara Lee and as Senior Vice President, Human Resources of Sara Lee Branded Apparel. From February 2005 to December 2005, Mr. Oliver served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources for Sara Lee Food and Beverage and from August 2001 to January 2005 as Vice President, Human Resources for the Sara Lee Bakery Group.

Michael E. Faircloth has served as our Chief Supply Chain Officer since December 2010. Prior to his appointment as Chief Supply Chain Officer, Mr. Faircloth served as our Senior Vice President, Supply Chain Support from October 2009 to November 2010, as our Vice President, Supply Chain Support from March 2009 to September 2009 and as our Vice President of Engineering & Quality from July 2006 to March 2009. Prior to the completion of the Company’s spin off from Sara Lee Corporation, Mr. Faircloth served as Vice President, Industrialization of Sara Lee Corporation.

W. Howard Upchurch has served as our President, Innerwear/Hosiery since January 2011. Prior to his appointment as President, Innerwear/Hosiery, Mr. Upchurch served as our Executive Vice President and General Manager, Domestic Innerwear from January 2008 until December 2010 and as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Intimate Apparel from July 2006 until December 2007. Prior to the completion of the Company’s spin off from Sara Lee Corporation, Mr. Upchurch served as President of Sara Lee Intimates and Hosiery.

John T. Marsh has served as our President, Outerwear since May 2011. Prior to his appointment as President, Outerwear, Mr. Marsh served as our Outerwear Group General Manager during April 2011, as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Casualwear from January 2008 to March 2011, as our Vice President and General Manager, Casualwear from September 2007 to December 2007 and as our Vice President and General Manager, Imagewear from July 2006 to September 2007. Prior to the completion of the Company’s spin off from Sara Lee Corporation, Mr. Marsh served as Vice President of Hanes Printables.

 

30


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

We own and lease properties supporting our administrative, manufacturing, distribution and direct outlet activities. We own our approximately 470,000 square-foot headquarters located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, which houses our various sales, marketing and corporate business functions. Research and development as well as certain product-design functions also are located in Winston-Salem, while other design functions are located in New York City and Lenexa, Kansas. Our products are manufactured through a combination of facilities we own and operate and facilities owned and operated by third party contractors who perform some of the steps in the manufacturing process for us, such as cutting and/or sewing. We source the remainder of our finished goods from third party manufacturers who supply us with finished products based on our designs.

As of December 31, 2011, we owned and leased properties in 24 countries, including 43 manufacturing facilities and 36 distribution centers, as well as office facilities. The leases for these properties expire between 2012 and 2023, with the exception of some seasonal warehouses that we lease on a month-by-month basis.

As of December 31, 2011, we also operated 216 direct outlet stores in 42 states, most of which are leased under five-year, renewable lease agreements and several of which are leased under 10-year agreements. We believe that our facilities, as well as equipment, are in good condition and meet our current business needs.

The following table summarizes our properties by country as of December 31, 2011:

 

Properties by Country (1)

   Owned Square
Feet
     Leased Square
Feet
     Total  

United States

     2,761,956         7,555,481         10,317,437   

Non-U.S. facilities:

        

El Salvador

     1,426,866         218,736         1,645,602   

Honduras

     356,279         1,248,299         1,604,578   

China

     1,070,912         60,584         1,131,496   

Dominican Republic

     835,240         178,033         1,013,273   

Mexico

     75,255         522,180         597,435   

Canada

     —           379,675         379,675   

Vietnam

     251,337         112,426         363,763   

Costa Rica

     246,914         —           246,914   

Thailand

     277,733         22,818         300,551   

Belgium

     —           165,398         165,398   

Brazil

     —           164,549         164,549   

Argentina

     116,538         —           116,538   

11 other countries

     —           127,312         127,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-U.S. facilities

     4,657,074         3,200,010         7,857,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

     7,419,030         10,755,491         18,174,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes vacant land.

 

31


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the properties primarily used by our segments as of December 31, 2011:

 

Properties by Segment (1)    Owned Square
Feet
     Leased Square
Feet
     Total  

Innerwear

     3,398,331         4,402,427         7,800,758   

Outerwear

     2,309,149         3,184,991         5,494,140   

Hosiery

     303,445         93,000         396,445   

Direct to Consumer

     —           1,837,235         1,837,235   

International

     191,793         1,156,855         1,348,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

     6,202,718         10,674,508         16,877,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes vacant land, facilities under construction, facilities no longer in operation intended for disposal, sourcing offices not associated with a particular segment, and office buildings housing corporate functions.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Although we are subject to various claims and legal actions that occur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we are not party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

32


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for our Common Stock

Our common stock currently is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or the “NYSE,” under the symbol “HBI.” A “when-issued” trading market for our common stock on the NYSE began on August 16, 2006, and “regular way” trading of our common stock began on September 6, 2006. Prior to August 16, 2006, there was no public market for our common stock. Each share of our common stock has attached to it one preferred stock purchase right. These rights initially will be transferable with and only with the transfer of the underlying share of common stock. We have not made any unregistered sales of our equity securities.

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the indicated periods:

 

     High      Low  

2011

     

Quarter ended April 2, 2011

   $ 27.75       $ 22.24   

Quarter ended July 2, 2011

   $ 33.10       $ 26.59   

Quarter ended October 1, 2011

   $ 33.36       $ 23.64   

Quarter ended December 31, 2011

   $ 28.26       $ 21.74   

2010

     

Quarter ended April 3, 2010

   $ 28.40       $ 20.95   

Quarter ended July 3, 2010

   $ 31.45       $ 23.44   

Quarter ended October 2, 2010

   $ 27.88       $ 23.28   

Quarter ended January 1, 2011

   $ 28.42       $ 23.94   

Holders of Record

On February 10, 2012, there were 38,661 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to determine the exact number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders, but we believe that there were approximately 72,473 beneficial owners of our common stock as of February 10, 2012.

Dividends

We currently do not pay regular dividends on our outstanding stock. The declaration of any future dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividends, will be subject to our actual future earnings, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, debt covenants, other contractual restrictions and to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account such matters as general business conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our capital requirements, our prospects and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any of our common stock during the quarter or year ended December 31, 2011.

 

33


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the comparable cumulative return of the S&P MidCap 400 Index and the S&P 1500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and each index on December 31, 2006. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

LOGO

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011.

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding  Options,
Warrants and Rights
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance  under
Equity Compensation
Plans (1)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

        6,782,031       $ 22.88            3,604,527   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

        —           —              —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

        6,782,031       $ 22.88            3,604,527   

 

(1) The amount appearing under “Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans” includes 1,686,686 shares available under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 and 1,917,841 shares available under the Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006.

 

34


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected historical financial data. The statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statement of income data for the years ended January 3, 2009 and December 29, 2007 and the balance sheet data as of January 2, 2010, January 3, 2009 and December 29, 2007 has been derived from our financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The data should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     January 3,
2009
    December 29,
2007
 
  

 

 

 
     (amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Income Data:

             

Net sales

   $ 4,637,143      $ 4,326,713      $ 3,891,275      $ 4,248,770     $ 4,474,537  

Cost of sales

     3,096,772        2,911,944        2,626,001        2,871,420       3,033,627  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,540,371        1,414,769        1,265,274        1,377,350       1,440,910  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,062,090        1,010,581        940,530        1,009,607       1,040,754  

Gain on curtailment of postretirement benefits

     —           —           —           —          (32,144

Restructuring

     —           —           53,888        50,263       43,731  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     478,281        404,188        270,856        317,480       388,569  

Other expense (income)

     6,377        20,221        49,301        (634     5,235  

Interest expense, net

     156,297        150,236        163,279        155,077       199,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     315,607        233,731        58,276        163,037       184,126  

Income tax expense

     48,919        22,438        6,993        35,868       57,999  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 266,688      $ 211,293      $ 51,283      $ 127,169     $ 126,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share — basic

   $ 2.73      $ 2.19      $ 0.54      $ 1.35     $ 1.31  

Earnings per share — diluted

   $ 2.69      $ 2.16      $ 0.54      $ 1.34     $ 1.30  

Weighted average shares — basic

     97,710        96,500        95,158        94,171       95,936  

Weighted average shares — diluted

     99,251        97,774        95,668        95,164       96,741  
     December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     January 3,
2009
    December 29,
2007
 
  

 

 

 
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,345      $ 43,671      $ 38,943      $ 67,342     $ 174,236  

Total assets

     4,034,669        3,790,002        3,326,564        3,534,049       3,439,483  

Noncurrent liabilities:

             

Long-term debt

     1,807,777        1,990,735        1,727,547        2,130,907       2,315,250  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     612,112        407,243        385,323        469,703       146,347  

Total noncurrent liabilities

     2,419,889        2,397,978        2,112,870        2,600,610       2,461,597  

Total stockholders’ equity

     681,061        562,674        334,719        185,155       288,904  

 

35


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, or MD&A, contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes thereto and the other disclosures contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results of operations for the periods reflected herein are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for future periods, and our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those listed under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

MD&A is a supplement to our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is provided to enhance your understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Our MD&A is organized as follows:

 

   

Overview. This section provides a general description of our company and operating segments, business and industry trends, our key business strategies and background information on other matters discussed in this MD&A.

 

   

Components of Net Sales and Expenses. This section provides an overview of the components of our net sales and expenses that are key to an understanding of our results of operations.

 

   

2011 Highlights. This section discusses some of the highlights of our performance and activities during 2011.

 

   

Consolidated Results of Operations and Operating Results by Business Segment. These sections provide our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our statements of income, as well as other information that we deem meaningful to an understanding of our results of operations on both a consolidated basis and a business segment basis.

 

   

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of trends and uncertainties affecting liquidity, cash requirements for our business, sources and uses of our cash and our financing arrangements.

 

   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section discusses the accounting policies that we consider important to the evaluation and reporting of our financial condition and results of operations, and whose application requires significant judgments or a complex estimation process.

 

   

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements. This section provides a summary of the most recent authoritative accounting pronouncements that we will be required to adopt in a future period.

Overview

Our Company

We are a consumer goods company with a portfolio of leading apparel brands, including Hanes, Champion, Bali, Playtex, Just My Size, L’eggs, barely there, Wonderbra, Gear for Sports, Stedman, Zorba, Rinbros, Sol y Oro, Outer Banks and Duofold. We design, manufacture, source and sell a broad range of basic apparel such as T-shirts, bras, panties, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, casualwear, activewear, socks and hosiery. According to NPD, our brands held either the number one or number two U.S. market position by units sold in most product categories in which we compete, for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011.

Our Segments

Our operations are managed and reported in five operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment for financial reporting purposes: Innerwear, Outerwear, Hosiery, Direct to Consumer and International. These segments are organized principally by product category, geographic location and distribution channel. Each segment has its own management that is responsible for the operations of the segment’s businesses but the segments share a common supply chain and media and marketing platforms. Certain prior year segment operating profit disclosures have been revised to conform to the current year presentation. These changes were primarily the result of our decision to cease allocating certain compensation related expenses to the segments.

 

36


Table of Contents

The types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenues are as follows:

 

   

Innerwear sells basic branded products that are replenishment in nature under the product categories of women’s intimate apparel, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear and socks.

 

   

Outerwear sells basic branded products that are primarily seasonal in nature under the product categories of casualwear and activewear to both retailers and wholesalers, as well as licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores and other channels.

 

   

Hosiery sells products in categories such as pantyhose, knee highs and tights.

 

   

Direct to Consumer includes our value-based (“outlet”) stores and Internet operations which sell products from our portfolio of leading brands. Our Internet operations are supported by its catalogs.

 

   

International primarily relates to the Latin America, Asia, Canada, Europe and Australia geographic locations which sell products that span across the Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery reportable segments.

Outlook for 2012

We continue to operate in an uncertain and volatile economic environment, which has impacted our business in 2011 and will continue to do so in 2012. After a strong performance in 2011 with sales growth of 7%, we expect modest sales growth in 2012 of 2% to 4% with projected net sales of $4.7 billion to $4.8 billion compared to $4.6 billion in 2011. The primary drivers of the projected net sales growth are expected to be shelf space gains and net price increases in our Innerwear segment and double-digit shelf space gains in our International segment. These sales gains are expected to be partially offset by sales declines in our Outerwear segment due to lower sales in both our retail and wholesale casualwear categories partially offset by continued sales growth in our activewear category. The growth in our activewear category is expected to come from new programs at major sporting goods retailers as well as expansion of our C9 by Champion brand at Target. The expected net sales decline in the wholesale casualwear (imagewear) category is the result of structural challenges within this market relating to higher cotton costs and the hyper-competitive pricing environment.

We are focused on delivering profitable growth and remain highly committed to strong cash flow generation and utilizing that cash flow to de-leverage and pay down debt as the year unfolds. Through expected improvements in working capital, primarily from reduction in inventory levels as a result of declining cotton costs, and operating results, we expect to generate approximately $445 million to $545 million in operating cash flows in 2012. We expect to use these cash flows primarily for debt reduction.

 

37


Table of Contents

Business and Industry Trends

Inflation and Changing Prices

The economic environment in which we are operating continues to be uncertain and volatile, which could have unanticipated adverse effects on our business during 2012 and beyond. We have seen a sustained increase in various input costs, such as cotton and oil-related materials, utilities, freight and wages, which have impacted our results in 2011 and will continue to do so through at least the first half of 2012. Based on current market conditions, we expect the estimated impact of cost inflation could be in the range of $250 million to $300 million higher in 2012 over 2011, of which approximately $200 million relates to higher cotton costs. The cost inflation will primarily impact the first two quarters of 2012. Rising demand for cotton resulting from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton caused cotton prices to surge upward during 2010 and 2011. While cotton prices have declined in recent months, we will continue to have higher prices for cotton and oil-related materials reflected in our cost of sales, which will continue to impact our results through at least the first half of 2012.

Cotton is the primary raw material used in manufacturing many of our products. While we have sold our yarn operations, we are still exposed to fluctuations in the cost of cotton. During 2010, cotton prices hit their highest levels in 140 years, although they declined some in the second half of 2011 and into 2012. Increases in the cost of cotton can result in higher costs in the price we pay for yarn from our large-scale yarn suppliers and may result in the need to implement future price increases in order to maintain our margins. Decreases in cotton prices can lead to lower margins for inventory and products produced from cotton we have already purchased, particularly if there is downward price pressure as a result of consumer demand, competition or other factors. Price increases during 2011, including those implemented in response to higher prices for cotton and other raw materials, contributed favorably to net sales growth and positively affected margins.

Our costs for cotton yarn and cotton-based textiles vary based upon the fluctuating cost of cotton, which is affected by, among other factors, weather, consumer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus consumer countries and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. We are able to lock in the cost of cotton reflected in the price we pay for yarn from our primary yarn suppliers in an attempt to protect our business from the volatility of the market price of cotton. Under our agreements with these suppliers, we have the ability to periodically fix the cotton cost component of our yarn purchases. When we elect to fix the cotton cost component under these agreements, interim fluctuations in the price of cotton do not impact the price we pay for the specified volume of yarn. The yarn suppliers bear the risk of cotton fluctuations for the yarn volume specified and it is their responsibility to procure the cotton at the agreed upon pricing through arrangements they make with their cotton suppliers. However, our business can be affected by dramatic movements in cotton prices. Although the cost of cotton used in goods manufactured by us has historically represented only approximately 6% of our cost of sales, it rose to around 12% in 2011 primarily as a result of cost inflation. Costs incurred today for materials and labor, including cotton, typically do not impact our results as the inventory is sold approximately six to nine months later.

Inflation can have a long-term impact on us because increasing costs of materials and labor may impact our ability to maintain satisfactory margins. For example, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodities and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, such as fuel, energy and utility costs, can fluctuate as a result of inflation and other factors. Costs incurred for materials and labor are capitalized into inventory and impact our results as the inventory is sold. In addition, a significant portion of our products are manufactured in countries other than the United States and declines in the value of the U.S. dollar may result in higher manufacturing costs. Increases in inflation may not be matched by rises in consumer income, which also could have a negative impact on spending.

Other Business and Industry Trends

The basic apparel market is highly competitive and evolving rapidly. Competition is generally based upon brand name recognition, price, product quality, selection, service and purchasing convenience. The majority of our core styles continue from year to year, with variations only in color, fabric or design details. Some products, however, such as intimate apparel, activewear and sheer hosiery, do have more of an emphasis on style and innovation. Our businesses face competition from other large corporations and foreign manufacturers, as well as smaller companies, department stores, specialty stores and other retailers that market and sell basic apparel products under private labels that compete directly with our brands.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our top 10 customers accounted for 62% of our net sales. Our largest customers in 2011 were Wal-Mart, Target and Kohl’s, which accounted for 25%, 16% and 6% of total sales, respectively. The growth in retailers can create pricing pressures as our customers grow larger and seek to have greater concessions in their purchase of our products, while they can be increasingly demanding that we provide them with some of our products on an exclusive basis. To counteract these effects, it has become increasingly important to leverage our national brands through investment in our largest and strongest brands as our customers strive to maximize their performance especially in today’s challenging economic environment. In addition, during the past several years, various retailers, including some of our largest customers, have experienced significant difficulties, including restructurings, bankruptcies and liquidations, and the ability of retailers to overcome these difficulties may increase due to worldwide economic conditions. Brands are important in our core categories to drive traffic and project required quality and value.

Anticipating changes in and managing our operations in response to consumer preferences remains an important element of our business. In recent years, we have experienced changes in our net sales and cash flows in accordance with changes in consumer preferences and trends. For example, we expect the trend of declining hosiery sales to continue consistent with the overall decline in the industry and with shifts in consumer preferences. The Hosiery segment only comprised 4% of our net sales in 2011 however, and as a result, the decline in the Hosiery segment has not had a significant impact on our net sales, revenues or cash flows. Generally, we manage the Hosiery segment for cash, placing an emphasis on reducing our cost structure and managing cash efficiently.

Our Key Business Strategies

Our key business strategies are focused on optimizing our strong brands to drive modest sales growth domestically and internationally, using our low-cost global supply chain and implementing cost savings initiatives to expand margins, and delivering strong cash flow to create value.

We seek to drive modest sales growth by consistently offering consumers brands they trust and products with unsurpassed value. Our brands have a strong heritage in the basic apparel industry. According to NPD, our brands held either the number one or number two U.S. market position by units sold in most product categories in which we compete, for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011. Internationally, our commercial markets include Mexico, Canada, Japan, India, Brazil and China, where a substantial amount of gross domestic product growth outside the United States will be concentrated over the next decade. Our ability to react to changing customer needs and industry trends is key to our success. Our design, research and product development teams, in partnership with our marketing teams, drive our efforts to bring innovations to market. We seek to leverage our insights into consumer demand in the basic apparel industry to develop new products within our existing lines and to modify our existing core products in ways that make them more appealing, addressing changing customer needs and industry trends. We also support our key brands with targeted, effective advertising and marketing campaigns.

We seek to expand margins through optimizing our low-cost global supply chain and streamlining our operations to reduce costs. We believe that we are able to leverage our significant scale of operations to provide us with greater manufacturing efficiencies, purchasing power and product design, marketing and customer management resources than our smaller competitors. Our global supply chain spans across both the Western and Eastern hemispheres and provides us with a balanced approach to product supply, which relies on a combination of owned, contracted and sourced manufacturing located across different geographic regions, increases the efficiency of our operations, reduces product costs and offers customers a reliable source of supply. Our global supply chain enables us to expand and leverage our production scale as we balance our supply chain across hemispheres, thereby diversifying our production risks. We have generated significant cost savings, margin expansion and contributions to cash flow and will continue to do so as we further optimize our size, scale and production capability. For example, we commenced production at our textile production plant in Nanjing, China, which is our first company-owned textile facility in Asia, in the fourth quarter of 2009 and we ramped up production over time and are now at full capacity. The Nanjing facility, along with our other textile facilities and arrangements with outside contractors, enables us to expand and leverage our production scale as we balance our supply chain across hemispheres to support our production capacity.

 

39


Table of Contents

We seek to effectively generate strong cash flow through optimizing our capital structure and managing working capital levels. Our strong cash flows have resulted in a flexible long-term capital structure that is able to deliver shareholder value in numerous ways, including debt reduction and our ability to selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. In addition, we intend to improve turns for inventory which will also contribute to strong cash flows in 2012.

Seasonality and Other Factors

Our operating results are subject to some variability due to seasonality and other factors. Generally, our diverse range of product offerings helps mitigate the impact of seasonal changes in demand for certain items. We generally have higher sales during back-to-school shopping and holiday selling seasons and during periods of cooler weather, which benefits certain product categories such as fleece. Sales levels in any period are also impacted by customers’ decisions to increase or decrease their inventory levels in response to anticipated consumer demand. Our customers may cancel orders, change delivery schedules or change the mix of products ordered with minimal notice to us. Media, advertising and promotion expenses may vary from period to period during a fiscal year depending on the timing of our advertising campaigns for retail selling seasons and product introductions.

Although the majority of our products are replenishment in nature and tend to be purchased by consumers on a planned, rather than on an impulse, basis, our sales are impacted by discretionary spending by consumers. Discretionary spending is affected by many factors, including, among others, general business conditions, interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, currency exchange rates, taxation, electricity power rates, gasoline prices, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending. Many of these factors are outside our control. Consumers’ purchases of discretionary items, including our products, could decline during periods when disposable income is lower, when prices increase in response to rising costs, or in periods of actual or perceived unfavorable economic conditions. These consumers may choose to purchase fewer of our products or to purchase lower-priced products of our competitors in response to higher prices for our products, or may choose not to purchase our products at prices that reflect our price increases that become effective from time to time.

Changes in product sales mix can impact our gross profit as the percentage of our sales attributable to higher margin products, such as intimate apparel and male underwear, and lower margin products, such as casualwear and activewear, as well as the amount attributable to higher and lower margin products within the same product category, fluctuate from time to time. Our customers may change the mix of products ordered with minimal notice to us, which makes trends in product sales mix difficult to predict. However, certain changes in product sales mix are seasonal in nature, as sales of socks, hosiery and fleece products generally have higher sales during the last two quarters (July to December) of each fiscal year as a result of cooler weather, back-to-school shopping and holidays, while other changes in product mix may be attributable to customers’ preferences and discretionary spending.

Components of Net Sales and Expenses

Net sales

We generate net sales by selling basic apparel products such as T-shirts, bras, panties, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, socks, hosiery, casualwear and activewear. Our net sales are recognized net of discounts, coupons, rebates, volume-based incentives and cooperative advertising costs. We recognize revenue when (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (iii) title and the risks of ownership have been transferred to the customer and (iv) collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, which occurs primarily upon shipment. Net sales include an estimate for returns and allowances based upon historical return experience. We also offer a variety of sales incentives to resellers and consumers that are recorded as reductions to net sales. Royalty income from license agreements with manufacturers of other consumer products that incorporate our brands is also included in net sales.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales includes the cost of manufacturing finished goods, which consists of labor, raw materials such as cotton and petroleum-based products and overhead costs such as depreciation on owned facilities and equipment. Our cost of sales also includes finished goods sourced from third party manufacturers that supply us with products

 

40


Table of Contents

based on our designs as well as charges for slow moving or obsolete inventories. Rebates, discounts and other cash consideration received from a vendor related to inventory purchases are reflected in cost of sales when the related inventory item is sold. Our costs of sales do not include shipping costs, comprised of payments to third party shippers, or handling costs, comprised of warehousing costs in our distribution facilities, and thus our gross margins may not be comparable to those of other entities that include such costs in cost of sales.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses include selling, advertising, costs of shipping, handling and distribution to our customers, research and development, rent on leased facilities, depreciation on owned facilities and equipment and other general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include management payroll, benefits, travel, information systems, accounting, insurance and legal expenses.

Restructuring

We have from time to time closed facilities and reduced headcount, including in connection with previously announced restructuring and business transformation plans. We refer to these activities as restructuring actions. When we decide to close facilities or reduce headcount, we take estimated charges for such restructuring, including charges for exited non-cancelable leases and other contractual obligations, as well as severance and benefits. If the actual charge is different from the original estimate, an adjustment is recognized in the period such change in estimate is identified.

Other expenses

Other expenses include charges such as losses on early extinguishment of debt, costs to amend and restate our credit facilities, fees associated with sales of certain trade accounts receivable to financial institutions, and charges related to the termination of certain interest rate hedging arrangements.

Interest expense, net

Our interest expense is net of interest income. Interest income is the return we earned on our cash and cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents are invested in highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Income tax expense

Our effective income tax rate fluctuates from period to period and can be materially impacted by, among other things:

 

   

changes in the mix of our earnings from the various jurisdictions in which we operate;

 

   

the tax characteristics of our earnings;

 

   

the timing and amount of earnings of foreign subsidiaries that we repatriate to the United States, which may increase our tax expense and taxes paid; and

 

   

the timing and results of any reviews of our income tax filing positions in the jurisdictions in which we transact business.

 

41


Table of Contents

Highlights from the year ended December 31, 2011

 

   

Total net sales in 2011 were $4.64 billion, compared with $4.33 billion in 2010, representing a 7% increase.

 

   

Operating profit was $478 million in 2011 compared with $404 million in 2010, representing an 18% increase. As a percent of sales, operating profit was 10.3% in 2011 compared to 9.3% in 2010.

 

   

Diluted earnings per share were $2.69 in 2011, compared with $2.16 in 2010.

 

   

Gross capital expenditures were $90 million in 2011, compared to $106 million in 2010. Proceeds from sales of assets were $14 million in 2011 and $46 million in 2010.

Consolidated Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2011 (“2011”) Compared with Year Ended January 1, 2011 (“2010”)

 

     Years Ended         
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,637,143      $ 4,326,713      $ 310,430       7.2  % 

Cost of sales

     3,096,772        2,911,944        184,828       6.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,540,371        1,414,769        125,602       8.9  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,062,090        1,010,581        51,509       5.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     478,281        404,188        74,093       18.3  

Other expenses

     6,377        20,221        (13,844     (68.5

Interest expense, net

     156,297        150,236        6,061       4.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     315,607        233,731        81,876       35.0  

Income tax expense

     48,919        22,438        26,481       118.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 266,688      $ 211,293      $ 55,395       26.2  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

     Years Ended         
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,637,143      $ 4,326,713      $ 310,430        7.2 

Consolidated net sales were higher by $310 million or 7% in 2011 compared to 2010. The net sales growth reflects net price increases, incremental net sales from Gear for Sports, which was acquired in the fourth quarter of 2010, and a favorable impact from foreign currency exchange rates, partially offset by lower unit sales volume in most categories.

Our three largest segments, Innerwear, Outerwear and International, demonstrated growth in net sales, with Outerwear and International delivering double digit sales growth. Outerwear, International and Innerwear segment net sales were higher by $200 million (16%), $72 million (14%) and $45 million (2%), respectively. Hosiery and Direct to Consumer segment net sales were lower by $4 million (2%) and $2 million (1%), respectively.

 

42


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended         
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Gross profit

   $ 1,540,371      $ 1,414,769      $ 125,602        8.9 

As a percent of net sales, our gross profit was 33.2% in 2011 compared to 32.7% in 2010. Our gross profit was higher by $126 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher gross profit was primarily attributable to higher gross profit of $76 million from the Outerwear segment, of which $69 million was attributable to Gear for Sports, $28 million from the International segment and $22 million from the Innerwear segment, partially offset by lower gross profit of $8 million from the Hosiery segment and $2 million from the Direct to Consumer segment. General corporate expenses within gross profit, which are not allocated to segments, were $10 million lower in 2011 compared to 2010.

Our results in 2011 benefited primarily from net price increases of $310 million (which includes the impact of higher sales incentives of $54 million), favorable product sales mix of $53 million, efficiency savings from our supply chain optimization of $41 million, a favorable impact related to foreign currency exchange rates of $10 million, lower start-up and shut-down costs of $9 million and receipt of a one-time termination fee of $5 million related to a royalty license agreement. Gross profit was negatively impacted by higher input costs of $266 million, particularly cotton and energy and oil-related materials, higher other manufacturing costs of $23 million (which is net of the elimination of $24 million of excess 2010 costs related to servicing sales growth), and lower sales volumes of $12 million.

The average cotton price reflected in our results was $1.09 per pound in 2011 compared to 69 cents per pound in 2010. These amounts do not include the impact of cotton costs on the cost of sourced goods. While cotton prices have declined in recent months, we will continue to have higher prices for cotton and oil-related materials reflected in our cost of sales, which will continue to impact our results through at least the first half of 2012.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

     Years Ended         
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,062,090      $ 1,010,581      $ 51,509        5.1 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses were $52 million higher in 2011 compared to 2010. As a percent of net sales our selling, general and administrative expenses were 22.9% in 2011 compared to 23.4% in 2010. Outerwear, International and Innerwear segment selling, general and administrative expenses were higher by $29 million, $25 million and $7 million, respectively, and Direct to Consumer and Hosiery segment selling, general and administrative expenses were lower by $5 million and $1 million, respectively. General corporate expenses within selling, general and administrative expenses, which are not allocated to segments, were $6 million lower in 2011 compared to 2010.

The higher selling, general and administrative expenses were primarily attributable to higher selling and other marketing expenses of $34 million, incremental administrative costs of $9 million attributable to Gear for Sports, higher distribution expenses of $7 million (which is net of the elimination of $8 million of excess 2010 costs related to servicing sales growth) and higher expenses as a result of opening new retail stores or expanding existing stores of $6 million, partially offset by lower pension expense of $4 million and lower non-media related media, advertising and promotion (“MAP”) expenses of $3 million.

 

43


Table of Contents

Operating Profit

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating profit

   $ 478,281      $ 404,188      $ 74,093        18.3 

The higher operating profit was primarily attributable to higher operating profit of $47 million from the Outerwear segment, $15 million from the Innerwear segment, $3 million from the International segment and $3 million from the Direct to Consumer segment, partially offset by lower operating profit of $7 million from the Hosiery segment. In addition, general corporate expenses within cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, which are not allocated to segments, were $15 million lower in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other Expenses

 

     Years Ended               
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expenses

   $ 6,377      $ 20,221      $ (13,844     (68.5 )% 

In December 2011, we recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $3 million related to the repurchase of $197 million of the Floating Rate Senior Notes. In 2011, we also incurred charges of $3 million for funding fees associated with the sales of certain trade accounts receivable to financial institutions.

In November 2010, we completed the sale of our 6.375% Senior Notes. The proceeds from the sale of the 6.375% Senior Notes were used to retire early the entire $691 million outstanding under the floating-rate Term Loan Facility and reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility, and to pay fees and expenses related to the transaction. In connection with this transaction, we recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $14 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and the associated fees and expenses.

In addition, during 2010 we wrote off unamortized debt issuance costs and incurred charges for funding fees associated with the sales of certain trade accounts receivable to financial institutions, which combined totaled $6 million. The write-off related to unamortized debt issuance costs resulted from the repayment of $57 million of principal under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and from a reduction in borrowing capacity available under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility in February 2010.

Interest Expense, net

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ 156,297      $ 150,236      $ 6,061        4.0 

Interest expense, net was higher by $6 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher interest expense was primarily attributable to higher outstanding debt balances that increased interest expense by $12 million. In addition, the refinancing of our debt structure in November 2010, which included the sale of our $1 billion 6.375% Senior Notes, and the amendment of the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility in February 2011, together with a lower LIBOR, combined caused a net decrease in interest expense in 2011 of $6 million.

Our weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt was 5.63% during 2011 compared to 5.91% in 2010.

 

44


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

 

$000000.00 $000000.00 $000000.00 $000000.00
     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 48,919      $ 22,438      $ 26,481        118.0 

Our effective income tax rate was 15.5% in 2011 compared to 9.6% in 2010. The effective income tax rate of 9.6% for 2010 was primarily attributable to a discrete, non-recurring income tax benefit of approximately $20 million. The income tax benefit resulted from a change in estimate associated with the remeasurement of unrecognized tax benefit accruals and the determination that certain tax positions had been effectively settled following the finalization of tax reviews and audits for amounts that were less than originally anticipated. This non-recurring income tax benefit was partially offset by a higher proportion of our 2011 earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries related to our manufacturing operations than in 2010 which are taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate.

Net Income

 

$000000.00 $000000.00 $000000.00 $000000.00
     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 266,688      $ 211,293      $ 55,395        26.2 

Net income for 2011 was higher than 2010 primarily due to higher operating profit of $74 million and lower other expenses of $14 million, which was partially offset by higher income tax expense of $26 million and higher interest expense of $6 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

Operating Results by Business Segment — Year Ended December 31, 2011 (“2011”) Compared with Year Ended January 1, 2011 (“2010”)

 

$0000000.00 $0000000.00 $0000000.00 $0000000.00
     Years Ended              
     December 31,     January 1,     Higher     Percent  
     2011     2011     (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales:

        

Innerwear

   $ 2,058,017     $ 2,012,922     $ 45,095       2.2  % 

Outerwear

     1,459,790       1,259,935       199,855       15.9  

Hosiery

     162,960       166,780       (3,820     (2.3

Direct to Consumer

     375,440       377,847       (2,407     (0.6

International

     580,936       509,229       71,707       14.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 4,637,143     $ 4,326,713     $ 310,430       7.2  % 

Segment operating profit:

        

Innerwear

   $ 286,054     $ 271,348     $ 14,706       5.4  % 

Outerwear

     133,663       86,564       47,099       54.4  

Hosiery

     47,702       54,990       (7,288     (13.3

Direct to Consumer

     29,365       26,622       2,743       10.3  

International

     63,110       59,675       3,435       5.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment operating profit

     559,894       499,199       60,695       12.2  

Items not included in segment operating profit:

        

General corporate expenses

     (67,062     (82,502     (15,440     (18.7

Amortization of trademarks and other intangibles

     (14,551     (12,509     2,042       16.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating profit

     478,281       404,188       74,093       18.3  

Other expenses

     (6,377     (20,221     (13,844     (68.5

Interest expense, net

     (156,297     (150,236     6,061       4.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   $ 315,607     $ 233,731     $ 81,876       35.0  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A significant portion of the selling, general and administrative expenses in each segment is an allocation of our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses, however certain expenses that are specifically identifiable to a segment are charged directly to such segment. Certain prior year segment selling, general and administrative expenses have been revised to conform to the current year presentation. These changes were primarily the result of our decision to cease allocating certain compensation related expenses to the segments. Other than this change, the allocation methodology for the consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses for 2011 was consistent with 2010. Our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses before segment allocations were $52 million higher in 2011 compared to 2010.

Innerwear

 

$0000000.00 $0000000.00 $0000000.00 $0000000.00
     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 2,058,017      $ 2,012,922      $ 45,095        2.2  % 

Segment operating profit

     286,054        271,348        14,706        5.4  

Overall net sales in the Innerwear segment were higher by $45 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to stronger net sales in our male underwear and socks product categories, partially offset by lower net sales in our intimate apparel product category.

 

46


Table of Contents

Net sales in the male underwear product category were 7% or $63 million higher in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to net price increases, partially offset by lower unit sales volume.

Higher net sales of $20 million or 7% in our socks product category reflect higher Hanes brand net sales of $25 million, partially offset by lower Champion brand net sales of $6 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher Hanes brand net sales were primarily due to net price increases, partially offset by lower unit sales volume, and the lower Champion brand net sales were primarily attributable to the loss of a seasonal program.

Intimate apparel product category net sales were $37 million or 4% lower in 2011 compared to 2010. Our bras and panties product category net sales were $27 million lower primarily due to lower unit sales volume resulting from a softness in the intimate apparel category, partially offset by net price increases. Our panties product category net sales were $10 million lower primarily due to lower unit sales volume resulting from a softness in the intimate apparel category, partially offset by net price increases and space gains.

Innerwear segment gross profit was higher by $22 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher gross profit was primarily due to higher net product pricing of $172 million (which includes the impact of higher sales incentives of $50 million), efficiency savings related to our supply chain optimization of $26 million and favorable product sales mix of $14 million. In 2011, our gross profit was positively impacted by a favorable product sales mix of $14 million which was primarily attributable to a shift in sales to higher margin products within our male underwear product category. These factors were offset by $133 million of higher input costs such as cotton costs related to finished goods manufactured internally in our facilities, vendor prices, wages and energy and oil-related materials, lower sales volume of $48 million and higher other manufacturing costs of $12 million. The higher other manufacturing costs of $12 million includes the elimination of $24 million of excess 2010 costs related to servicing sales growth.

Innerwear segment operating profit was higher in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of higher gross profit, partially offset by higher distribution expenses of $10 million related to higher costs to implement our price increases partially offset by the elimination of excess 2010 costs related to servicing sales growth.

Outerwear

 

     Years Ended                
      December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 1,459,790      $ 1,259,935      $ 199,855        15.9  % 

Segment operating profit

     133,663        86,564        47,099        54.4  

Outerwear segment net sales were higher by $200 million or 16% in 2011 compared to 2010. Outerwear’s segment net sales include the impact of Gear for Sports, which was acquired in the fourth quarter of 2010 and contributed $206 million of the segment’s net sales growth and $69 million of gross profit growth for 2011. The Gear for Sports category includes sales of licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores and other channels.

Our Champion brand activewear net sales were higher by $23 million or 4% due to higher unit sales volume in the mass merchant and wholesale club channels and space gains in the department store and wholesale club channels. Our Champion brand has achieved growth by focusing on the fast growing active demographic with a unique moderate price positioning.

Our wholesale casualwear (imagewear) category net sales were higher by $21 million and lower in the retail casualwear category by $48 million. The higher net sales in the wholesale casualwear category of 6% were primarily due to net price increases, partially offset by lower unit sales volume. The lower net sales in the retail casualwear category were impacted by a retailer’s decision to focus our Just My Size brand toward more core basics versus a mix with fashion-oriented lines, partially offset by net price increases.

Outerwear segment gross profit was higher by $76 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher gross profit was primarily due to higher net product pricing of $83 million (which includes the impact of higher sales incentives of $3 million), favorable product sales mix of $66 million, higher sales volume of $28 million and efficiency savings

 

47


Table of Contents

related to our supply chain optimization of $15 million, partially offset by $106 million of higher input costs such as cotton costs related to finished goods manufactured internally in our facilities, vendor prices, wages and energy and oil-related materials and higher other manufacturing costs of $7 million. In 2011, our gross profit was positively impacted by a favorable product sales mix of $66 million, which was primarily attributable to a shift in sales to higher margin products related to our activewear product category and a benefit from higher margin products of Gear for Sports.

Outerwear segment operating profit was higher in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of higher gross profit, partially offset by higher selling and other marketing expenses of $25 million, incremental administrative costs of $9 million attributable to Gear for Sports, partially offset by lower distribution expenses of $5 million. The higher selling and other marketing expenses were primarily due to higher sales volumes and the incremental costs resulting from the acquisition of Gear for Sports.

Hosiery

 

     Years Ended               
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 162,960      $ 166,780      $ (3,820     (2.3 )% 

Segment operating profit

     47,702        54,990        (7,288     (13.3

Net sales in the Hosiery segment declined by $4 million or 2%, which was primarily due to lower net sales of our L’eggs brand to mass retailers and food and drug stores, partially offset by higher net sales of the DKNY brand in the wholesale club channel. The hosiery category has been in a state of consistent decline for the past decade, as the trend toward casual dress reduced demand for sheer hosiery. Generally, we manage the Hosiery segment for cash, placing an emphasis on reducing our cost structure and managing cash efficiently.

Hosiery segment gross profit was lower by $8 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The lower gross profit for 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily the result of unfavorable product sales mix of $6 million and higher other manufacturing costs of $5 million.

Hosiery segment operating profit was lower in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily as a result of lower gross profit.

Direct to Consumer

 

     Years Ended               
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 375,440      $ 377,847      $ (2,407     (0.6 )% 

Segment operating profit

     29,365        26,622        2,743       10.3  

Direct to Consumer segment net sales were lower by $2 million in 2011 compared to 2010 due to lower net sales related to our Internet operations. Comparable store sales were 1% higher in 2011 compared to 2010.

Direct to Consumer segment gross profit was $2 million lower in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to lower sales volume of $7 million and higher input costs of $5 million, partially offset by higher net product pricing of $10 million.

Direct to Consumer segment operating profit was higher in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to lower non-media related MAP expenses of $6 million and lower other selling and marketing expenses of $5 million, partially offset by lower gross profit and higher expenses of $6 million as a result of opening new retail stores or expanding existing stores.

 

48


Table of Contents

International

 

     Years Ended                
     December 31,      January 1,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2011      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 580,936      $ 509,229      $ 71,707        14.1  % 

Segment operating profit

     63,110        59,675        3,435        5.8  

Overall net sales in the International segment were higher by $72 million or 14% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily as a result of sales growth in Asia, Latin America, Australia and Europe, which reflects net price increases, space gains and a favorable impact of $24 million related to foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates on currency, International segment net sales were higher by 9% in 2011 compared to 2010. The favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates in our International segment was primarily due to the strengthening of the Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Euro and Brazilian real compared to the U.S. dollar.

During 2011, we experienced higher net sales, in each case excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, in our activewear, intimate apparel and male underwear product categories in Asia of $24 million, in our hosiery, male underwear and intimate apparel product categories in Latin America of $19 million, in our activewear product category in Australia of $16 million, which benefited from the acquisition of the assets of the TNF Group Unit Trust from TNF Group Pty Ltd, as trustee, and of Player Sportswear Unit Trust from Player Sportswear Pty Ltd, as trustee (collectively “TNF”) in April 2011, and in our casualwear product category in Europe of $6 million. These higher net sales were partially offset by lower net sales in our intimate apparel product category in Canada of $11 million. The higher net sales in Asia are primarily attributable to space gains and receipt of a one-time termination fee of $5 million related to a royalty license agreement, partially offset by higher sales returns related to a customer in China. In certain international markets we are focusing on adopting global designs for some product categories to quickly launch new styles to expand our market position. The higher net sales reflect our successful efforts to improve our strong positions.

International segment gross profit was higher by $28 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The higher gross profit was primarily a result of higher net product pricing of $45 million, a favorable impact related to foreign currency exchange rates of $10 million and receipt of a one-time termination fee of $5 million related to a royalty license agreement, partially offset by vendor price increases of $21 million and unfavorable product sales mix of $7 million.

International segment operating profit was higher in 2011 compared to 2010, which was primarily attributable to the higher gross profit, partially offset by higher selling and other marketing expenses of $11 million, higher distribution expenses of $7 million and higher spending in certain other areas. The higher selling and marketing expenses were primarily due to incremental costs resulting from the acquisition of the assets of TNF and costs associated with the growth of our business in China. The changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which are included in the impact on gross profit above, had a favorable impact on operating profit of $4 million in 2011 compared to 2010.

General Corporate Expenses

General corporate expenses were lower in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to lower start-up and shut-down costs of $9 million associated with the consolidation and globalization of our supply chain and lower pension expense of $4 million.

 

49


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations — Year Ended January 1, 2011 (“2010”) Compared with Year Ended January 2, 2010 (“2009”)

 

     Years Ended         
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,326,713      $ 3,891,275      $ 435,438       11.2  % 

Cost of sales

     2,911,944        2,626,001        285,943       10.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,414,769        1,265,274        149,495       11.8  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,010,581        940,530        70,051       7.4  

Restructuring

     —           53,888        (53,888     NM   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     404,188        270,856        133,332       49.2  

Other expenses

     20,221        49,301        (29,080     (59.0

Interest expense, net

     150,236        163,279        (13,043     (8.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     233,731        58,276        175,455       301.1  

Income tax expense

     22,438        6,993        15,445       220.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 211,293      $ 51,283      $ 160,010       312.0  % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

     Years Ended         
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 4,326,713      $ 3,891,275      $ 435,438        11.2  % 

Consolidated net sales were higher by $435 million, or 11%, in 2010 compared to 2009, reflecting significant space and distribution gains at retailers, positive retail sell-through and inventory restocking at retail. Our significant space and distribution gains at retailers contributed approximately 6% of sales growth, while approximately 4% of growth was driven by increased retail sell-through, retailer inventory restocking and foreign currency exchange rates. Early in the fourth quarter of 2010 we completed the acquisition of Gear for Sports which accounted for 1% of our higher net sales. All three of our largest segments delivered double digit sales growth in 2010, with the Outerwear segment achieving 20% sales growth.

Innerwear, Outerwear and International segment net sales were higher by $179 million (10%), $208 million (20%) and $71 million (16%), respectively, in 2010 compared to 2009. Direct to Consumer segment net sales were higher by $8 million (2%), while Hosiery and Other segment net sales were lower by $19 million (10%) and $13 million, respectively, in 2010 compared to 2009. Outerwear’s segment net sales include the acquisition of Gear for Sports during the fourth quarter of 2010 which contributed 4% of the segment’s growth for the year.

International segment net sales were higher by 16% in 2010 compared to 2009, which reflected a favorable impact of $22 million related to foreign currency exchange rates due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Brazilian real and Mexican peso compared to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro. International segment net sales were higher by 11% in 2010 compared to 2009 after excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates on currency.

 

50


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended         
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Gross profit

   $ 1,414,769      $ 1,265,274      $ 149,495        11.8 

As a percent of net sales, our gross profit was 32.7% in 2010 compared to 32.5% in 2009, increasing as a result of the items described below. Our results in 2010 primarily benefited from higher sales volumes and savings from cost reduction initiatives and were negatively impacted by higher cotton costs and higher service costs.

Our gross profit was higher by $149 million in 2010 compared to 2009 due primarily to higher sales volume of $203 million, savings from our prior restructuring actions of $29 million, vendor price reductions of $27 million, lower start-up and shut-down costs of $16 million associated with the consolidation and globalization of our supply chain, a $10 million favorable impact related to foreign currency exchange rates and lower accelerated depreciation of $5 million. The favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates in our International segment was primarily due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Brazilian real and Mexican peso compared to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro.

In 2010, our gross profit was negatively impacted by an unfavorable product sales mix of $54 million which was primarily attributable to a shift in sales to lower margin products within our casualwear, socks and intimate apparel product categories, higher sales incentives of $34 million, higher cotton costs of $33 million, lower product pricing of $12 million, primarily in the first half of 2010, higher other manufacturing costs of $6 million and higher production costs of $4 million. The higher production costs were primarily attributable to $25 million of incremental costs to service higher demand, partially offset by lower energy and oil-related costs of $21 million. Our 2010 sales incentives were higher due to higher sales volumes and, as a percentage of sales, sales incentives were flat compared to 2009.

We incurred one-time restructuring related write-offs of $4 million in 2009 for stranded raw materials and work in process inventory determined not to be salvageable or cost-effective to relocate, which did not recur in 2010.

The cotton prices reflected in our results were 69 cents per pound in 2010 compared to 55 cents per pound in 2009. We continued to see higher prices for cotton and oil-related materials in the market in 2010.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

     Years Ended         
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,010,581      $ 940,530      $ 70,051        7.4 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses were $70 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009. As a percent of net sales our selling, general and administrative expenses were 23.4% in 2010 compared to 24.2% in 2009.

Our non-media related MAP expenses and media related MAP expenses were higher by $12 million and $5 million, respectively, during 2010 compared to 2009 when we reduced spending due to the recession. MAP expenses may vary from period to period during a fiscal year depending on the timing of our advertising campaigns for retail selling seasons and product introductions. For example, during the second quarter of 2010 we launched new television advertising featuring new Hanes men’s underwear with Comfort Flex Waistbands and Lay Flat Collar T-shirts, we introduced new advertising supporting Playtex 18 Hour cooling products and we launched new advertising supporting the new barely there Smart Sizes bra sizing system.

 

51


Table of Contents

We also incurred higher distribution expenses of $28 million, higher selling and other marketing expenses of $17 million and higher consulting expenses of $7 million. The higher distribution expenses were primarily due to higher sales volumes and $10 million of incremental costs to service higher demand such as overtime and rework expenses in our distribution centers while the higher selling and other marketing expenses were primarily due to higher sales volumes. In addition, we recognized an $8 million gain related to the sale of our yarn operations to Parkdale America, LLC (“Parkdale America”) in 2009 that did not recur in 2010.

We also incurred higher expenses of $7 million in 2010 compared to 2009 as a result of opening new retail stores or expanding existing stores. We opened five retail stores during 2010.

These higher expenses were partially offset by lower pension expense of $7 million, savings of $4 million from our prior restructuring actions, lower accelerated depreciation of $3 million and lower stock compensation and certain other benefit expenses of $2 million in 2010 compared to 2009.

Changes due to foreign currency exchange rates, which are included in the impact of the changes discussed above, resulted in higher selling, general and administrative expenses of $7 million in 2010 compared to 2009.

Restructuring

 

     Years Ended               
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Restructuring

   $ —         $ 53,888      $ (53,888     NM   

During 2009, we incurred $54 million in restructuring charges, which primarily related to employee termination and other benefits, charges related to contract obligations, other exit costs associated with facility closures approved during that period and fixed asset impairment charges that did not recur in 2010.

Operating Profit

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating profit

   $ 404,188      $ 270,856      $ 133,332        49.2 

Operating profit was higher in 2010 compared to 2009 as a result of higher gross profit of $149 million and lower restructuring charges of $54 million, partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses of $70 million. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on operating profit of $3 million in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other Expenses

 

     Years Ended               
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expenses

   $ 20,221      $ 49,301      $ (29,080     (59.0 )% 

In November 2010, we completed the sale of our 6.375% Senior Notes. The proceeds from the sale of the 6.375% Senior Notes were used to retire early the entire $691 million outstanding under the floating-rate Term Loan Facility and reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility, and to pay fees and expenses related to the transaction. In connection with this transaction, we recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $14 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and the associated fees and expenses.

In addition, during 2010 we wrote off unamortized debt issuance costs and incurred charges for funding fees associated with the sales of certain trade accounts receivable to financial institutions, which combined totaled $6 million. The write-off related to unamortized debt issuance costs resulted from the repayment of $57 million of

 

52


Table of Contents

principal under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and from a reduction in borrowing capacity available under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility from $250 million to $150 million that we effected in recognition of our lower trade accounts receivable balance resulting from the sales of certain trade accounts receivable to a financial institution outside the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility.

During 2009, we recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $17 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and fees paid in connection with the execution of the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the issuance of the 8% Senior Notes. As a result of the refinancing of our outstanding borrowings under the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and repayment of the outstanding borrowings under our $450 million second lien credit facility that we entered into in 2006 (the “Second Lien Credit Facility”), we recognized a loss of $26 million in 2009 related to termination of certain interest rate hedging arrangements. In addition, in 2009 we incurred a $2 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to unamortized debt issuance costs resulting from the prepayment of $140 million of principal under the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and we incurred costs of $4 million to amend the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended               
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher     Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)     Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ 150,236      $ 163,279      $ (13,043     (8.0 )% 

Interest expense, net was lower by $13 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The lower interest expense was primarily attributable to lower outstanding debt balances that reduced interest expense by $12 million. In addition, the refinancing of our debt structure in December 2009, which included the amendment and restatement of the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility into the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, the issuance of the 8% Senior Notes and the settlement of certain outstanding interest rate hedging instruments, and the refinancing of our debt structure in November 2010, which included the sale of our 6.375% Senior Notes, combined with a lower London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” and federal funds rate, caused a net decrease in interest expense in 2010 compared to 2009 of $1 million.

Our weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt was 5.91% during 2010 compared to 6.86% in 2009.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 22,438      $ 6,993      $ 15,445      220.9  

Our effective income tax rate was 9.6% in 2010 compared to 12.0% in 2009. The effective income tax rate of 9.6% for 2010 was primarily attributable to a discrete, non-recurring income tax benefit of approximately $20 million. The income tax benefit resulted from a change in estimate associated with the remeasurement of unrecognized tax benefit accruals and the determination that certain tax positions had been effectively settled following the finalization of tax reviews and audits for amounts that were less than originally anticipated. This non-recurring income tax benefit was partially offset by a lower proportion of our earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries related to our manufacturing operations than in 2009 which are taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate.

Our strategic initiative to enhance our global supply chain by optimizing lower-cost manufacturing capacity and to support our commercial operations outside the United States resulted in capital investments outside the United States in 2009 and 2010 that impacted our effective tax rate.

 

53


Table of Contents

Net Income

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,      January 2,      Higher      Percent  
     2011      2010      (Lower)      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 211,293      $ 51,283      $ 160,010        312.0 

Net income for 2010 was higher than 2009 primarily due to higher operating profit of $133 million, lower other expenses of $29 million and lower interest expense of $13 million, which was partially offset by higher income tax expense of $15 million.

 

54


Table of Contents

Operating Results by Business Segment — Year Ended January 1, 2011 (“2010”) Compared with Year Ended January 2, 2010 (“2009”)

 

     Years Ended              
     January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
    Higher
(Lower)
    Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales:

        

Innerwear

   $ 2,012,922     $ 1,833,616     $ 179,306       9.8  % 

Outerwear

     1,259,935       1,051,735       208,200       19.8  

Hosiery

     166,780       185,710       (18,930     (10.2

Direct to Consumer

     377,847       369,739       8,108       2.2  

International

     509,229       437,804       71,425       16.3  

Other

     —          12,671       (12,671     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 4,326,713     $ 3,891,275     $ 435,438       11.2  % 

Segment operating profit:

        

Innerwear

   $ 271,348     $ 242,853     $ 28,495       11.7  % 

Outerwear

     86,564       57,920       28,644       49.5  

Hosiery

     54,990       61,575       (6,585     (10.7

Direct to Consumer

     26,622       37,090       (10,468     (28.2

International

     59,675       45,341       14,334       31.6  

Other

     —          (2,164     2,164       NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment operating profit

     499,199       442,615       56,584       12.8  

Items not included in segment operating profit:

        

General corporate expenses

     (82,502     (89,568     (7,066     (7.9

Amortization of trademarks and other intangibles

     (12,509     (12,443     66       0.5  

Restructuring

     —          (53,888     (53,888     NM   

Inventory write-off included in cost of sales

     —          (4,135     (4,135     NM   

Accelerated depreciation included in cost of sales

     —          (8,641     (8,641     NM   

Accelerated depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses

     —          (3,084     (3,084     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating profit

     404,188       270,856       133,332       49.2  

Other expenses

     (20,221     (49,301     (29,080     (59.0

Interest expense, net

     (150,236     (163,279     (13,043     (8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   $ 233,731     $ 58,276     $ 175,455       301.1  % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A significant portion of the selling, general and administrative expenses in each segment is an allocation of our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses, however certain expenses that are specifically identifiable to a segment are charged directly to such segment. Certain prior year segment operating profit disclosures have been revised to conform to the current year presentation. These changes were primarily the result of our decision to cease allocating certain compensation related expenses to the segments. Our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses before segment allocations was $70 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009.

 

55


Table of Contents

Innerwear

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 2,012,922      $ 1,833,616      $ 179,306        9.8  % 

Segment operating profit

     271,348        242,853        28,495        11.7  

Overall net sales in the Innerwear segment were higher by $179 million or 10% in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to space and distribution gains, stronger sales at retail and retailer inventory restocking. We have achieved space and distributions gains by leveraging our scale and consumer insight. Our strong brands across all distribution channels and our innovation processes allow us to take advantage of long-term consumer trends.

Net sales in our male underwear product category were 19% or $146 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009, which reflect higher net sales in our Hanes brand of $135 million primarily due to distribution gains related to a new customer in the discount retail channel, space gains in the mass merchant and department store channels and increased retail sell through. Our male underwear product category continues to benefit from the increased media support for our Hanes brand and from our identification of key long-term megatrends such as comfort and dyed and color products. We have developed innovations to capitalize on these trends such as Hanes Lay Flat Collar T-shirts and the Hanes Comfort Flex Waistband.

Intimate apparel product category net sales were $22 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009. Our bra category net sales were $13 million higher in the average figure sizes driven primarily by space and distribution gains. Our panties category net sales were higher by $9 million primarily due to distribution gains related to a new customer in the discount retail channel. From a brand perspective, our net sales were higher in our smaller brands (barely there, Just My Size and Wonderbra) by $21 million, in our Hanes brand by $8 million and in our Bali brand by $3 million, partially offset by lower net sales in our Playtex brand of $6 million and lower private label net sales of $4 million.

Higher net sales of $12 million in our socks product category reflect higher Hanes brand net sales of $26 million, partially offset by lower Champion brand net sales of $14 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The higher Hanes brand net sales were primarily due to space gains in the mass merchant channel and increased retail sell through and the lower Champion brand net sales were primarily due to lower net sales in the wholesale club channel.

Innerwear segment gross profit was higher by $45 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due to higher sales volume of $101 million, savings from our prior restructuring actions of $21 million, vendor price reductions of $15 million and higher product pricing of $3 million before increased sales incentives. These lower costs were partially offset by higher sales incentives of $43 million due to higher sales volumes and investments made with retailers, unfavorable product sales mix of $22 million, higher cotton costs of $13 million, higher production costs of $11 million and higher other manufacturing costs of $5 million. The higher production costs were due to incremental costs to service higher demand, partially offset by lower energy and oil-related costs.

As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Innerwear segment was 31.6% in 2010 compared to 32.3% in 2009.

Innerwear segment operating profit was higher in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of higher gross profit and savings of $2 million from prior restructuring actions primarily for compensation and related benefits, partially offset by higher media related MAP expenses of $7 million, higher distribution expenses of $7 million and higher non-media related MAP expenses of $4 million.

 

56


Table of Contents

Outerwear

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 1,259,935      $ 1,051,735      $ 208,200        19.8  % 

Segment operating profit

     86,564        57,920        28,644        49.5  

Outerwear segment net sales, which benefited from space and distribution gains and stronger sales at retail, were higher by $208 million or 20% in 2010 compared to 2009. Our casualwear category net sales were higher in both the wholesale and retail product categories by $64 million and $59 million, respectively. The higher net sales in the wholesale casualwear (imagewear) category of 22% were primarily due to stronger sales at retail and replenishment timing of inventory levels by third party embellishers and wholesalers. The higher net sales in the retail casualwear product category of 21% reflect space gains primarily from an exclusive agreement entered into with Wal-Mart in April 2009 to develop, source and merchandise a line of women’s clothing designed to meet the needs of plus size women.

Our Champion brand activewear net sales, which continue to be positively impacted by our marketing investment in the brand, were higher by $49 million or 10% due to stronger sales at retail and space gains in the sporting goods channel. Our Champion brand has achieved consistent growth by focusing on the fast growing active demographic with a unique moderate price positioning.

The acquisition of Gear for Sports in early November 2010 added an incremental $36 million of net sales for the year. The Gear for Sports category includes sales of licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores and other channels.

Outerwear segment gross profit was higher by $48 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due to higher sales volume of $70 million, lower sales incentives of $15 million, savings of $7 million from our cost reduction initiatives and prior restructuring actions, lower production costs of $5 million related to lower energy and oil-related costs, vendor price reductions of $5 million, lower other manufacturing costs of $3 million and lower on-going excess and obsolete inventory costs of $2 million. These lower costs were partially offset by lower product pricing of $22 million primarily in the first half of 2010, higher cotton costs of $20 million and unfavorable product sales mix of $15 million.

As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Outerwear segment was 22.1% in 2010 compared to 21.9% in 2009, increasing as a result of the items described above.

Outerwear segment operating profit was higher in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of higher gross profit, lower media related MAP expenses of $3 million and lower spending in numerous areas of $3 million, partially offset by higher distribution expenses of $15 million, higher selling and other marketing expenses of $7 million and higher non-media related MAP expenses of $4 million.

Hosiery

 

     Years Ended               
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
    Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 166,780      $ 185,710      $ (18,930     (10.2 )% 

Segment operating profit

     54,990        61,575        (6,585     (10.7

Net sales in the Hosiery segment declined by $19 million or 10%, which was primarily due to lower net sales of our L’eggs brand to mass retailers and food and drug stores and our Hanes brand to national chains and department stores. The hosiery category has been in a state of consistent decline for the past decade, as the trend toward casual dress reduced demand for sheer hosiery. Generally, we manage the Hosiery segment for cash, placing an emphasis on reducing our cost structure and managing cash efficiently.

 

57


Table of Contents

Hosiery segment gross profit was lower by $9 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The lower gross profit for 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily the result of lower sales volume of $11 million and higher on-going excess and obsolete inventory costs of $2 million, partially offset by lower production costs of $2 million and vendor price reductions of $1 million.

As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Hosiery segment was 50.2% in 2010 compared to 49.8% in 2009.

Hosiery segment operating profit was lower in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of lower gross profit and higher media related MAP expenses of $2 million, partially offset by lower distribution expenses of $2 million.

Direct to Consumer

 

     Years Ended               
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
    Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 377,847      $ 369,739      $ 8,108       2.2  % 

Segment operating profit

     26,622        37,090        (10,468     (28.2

Direct to Consumer segment net sales were $8 million or 2% higher in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to higher net sales in our outlet stores attributable to new stores opened after 2009 and higher net sales related to our Internet operations. Comparable store sales in 2010 were flat compared to 2009.

Direct to Consumer segment gross profit was slightly higher in 2010 compared to 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily due to higher sales volume of $4 million and higher product pricing of $2 million which was offset by higher other product costs of $5 million.

As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the Direct to Consumer segment was 61.1% in 2010 compared to 62.4% in 2009.

Direct to Consumer segment operating profit was lower in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of higher expenses of $7 million as a result of opening new retail stores or expanding existing stores and higher non-media related MAP expenses of $3 million.

International

 

     Years Ended                
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
     Higher
(Lower)
     Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 509,229      $ 437,804      $ 71,425        16.3  % 

Segment operating profit

     59,675        45,341        14,334        31.6  

Overall net sales in the International segment were higher by $71 million or 16% in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily as a result of stronger net sales in Canada, Europe, Mexico, Brazil, China, India and Argentina, which reflects space and distribution gains and stronger sales at retail, and a favorable impact of $22 million related to foreign currency exchange rates, partially offset by lower sales in Japan.

Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates on currency, International segment net sales increased by 11% in 2010 compared to 2009. The favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates in our International segment was primarily due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Brazilian real, and Mexican peso compared to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro.

 

58


Table of Contents

During 2010, we experienced higher net sales, in each case excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, in our activewear, intimate apparel and male underwear product categories in Canada of $11 million, in our casualwear product category in Europe of $11 million, in our intimate apparel product category in Mexico of $7 million, in our male underwear and hosiery product categories in Brazil of $7 million, in our thermals and male underwear product categories in China of $5 million, in our male underwear product category in India of $3 million, in our intimate apparel product category in Argentina of $3 million and higher net sales of $6 million in all other regions, partially offset by lower net sales in our activewear and male underwear product categories in Japan of $4 million. Our innerwear product categories in Canada and Mexico have continued to produce strong sales growth as we hold leading positions with strong market shares in intimate apparel and male underwear product categories. In certain international markets we are focusing on adopting global designs for some product categories to quickly launch new styles to expand our market position. The higher net sales reflect our successful efforts to improve our strong positions.

International segment gross profit was higher by $37 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The higher gross profit was primarily a result of higher sales volume of $22 million, a favorable impact related to foreign currency exchange rates of $10 million, vendor price reductions of $6 million and higher product pricing of $5 million, partially offset by higher sales incentives of $6 million.

As a percent of segment net sales, gross profit in the International segment was 38.8% in 2010 compared to 36.7% in 2009, increasing as a result of the items described above.

International segment operating profit was higher in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of the higher gross profit, partially offset by higher selling and other marketing expenses of $9 million, higher distribution expenses of $7 million, higher non-media related MAP expenses of $3 million and higher consulting expenses of $2 million.

The changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which are included in the impact on gross profit above, had a favorable impact on operating profit of $3 million in 2010 compared to 2009.

Other

 

     Years Ended              
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
    Higher
(Lower)
    Percent
Change
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net sales

   $ —         $ 12,671     $ (12,671     NM   

Segment operating loss

     —           (2,164     2,164       NM   

Sales in our Other segment primarily consisted of sales of yarn to third parties, which were intended to maintain asset utilization at certain manufacturing facilities and generate approximate break even margins. In October 2009, we completed the sale of our yarn operations as a result of which we ceased making our own yarn and now source all of our yarn requirements from large-scale yarn suppliers. As a result of the sale of our yarn operations, we no longer have net sales in our Other segment.

General Corporate Expenses

General corporate expenses were $7 million lower in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to lower start-up and shut-down costs of $16 million associated with the consolidation and globalization of our supply chain, lower pension expense of $7 million and lower stock compensation and certain other benefits of $1 million, partially offset by lower gains on sales of assets of $12 million and higher other expenses of $4 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated by operations and availability under our Revolving Loan Facility, Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility and international loan facilities. At December 31, 2011, we had $571 million of borrowing availability under our $600 million Revolving Loan Facility (after taking into account outstanding letters of credit), $66 million of short-term borrowing availability under our international loan facilities and $35 million in cash and cash equivalents. We currently believe that our existing cash balances and cash generated by operations, together with our available credit capacity, will enable us to comply with the terms of our indebtedness and meet foreseeable liquidity requirements.

The following have impacted or are expected to impact liquidity:

 

   

we have principal and interest obligations under our debt;

 

   

we expect to continue to invest in efforts to improve operating efficiencies and lower costs;

 

   

we may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions;

 

   

we could increase or decrease the portion of the income of our foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the United States, which could significantly impact our effective income tax rate; and

 

   

our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our stock in the open market (2.8 million of which we have repurchased as of December 31, 2011 at a cost of $75 million), although we may choose not to repurchase any stock and instead focus on other uses of cash such as the repayment of our debt.

We expect to be able to manage our working capital levels and capital expenditure amounts to maintain sufficient levels of liquidity. Factors that could help us in these efforts include higher sales volume and the realization of additional cost benefits from previous restructuring and related actions.

The economic environment in which we are operating continues to be uncertain and volatile, which could have unanticipated adverse effects on our business during 2012 and beyond. We have seen a sustained increase in various input costs, such as cotton and oil-related materials, utilities, freight and wages, which have impacted our results in 2011 and will continue to do so through at least the first half of 2012. During 2011, we experienced substantial pressure on profitability due to the economic climate, such as higher cotton, energy and labor costs. Rising demand for cotton resulting from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton caused cotton prices to surge upward during 2010 and early 2011. Because of systemic cost inflation in 2011, particularly for cotton, energy and labor, we implemented price increases during 2011. The timing, magnitude and frequency of price increases varied by product category, channel of trade, and country, with some increases occurring as frequently as quarterly. While cotton prices have declined in recent months, we will continue to have higher prices for cotton and oil-related materials reflected in our cost of sales, which will continue to impact our results through at least the first half of 2012.

Based on current market conditions, we expect the estimated impact of inflation could be in the range of $250 million to $300 million higher in 2012 over 2011, of which approximately $200 million relates to higher cotton costs. We expect the cost inflation will primarily impact the first two quarters of 2012. The three price increases we implemented between February and October in 2011 will help mitigate the inflation. Looking forward, cotton prices have moderated and appear to have settled at levels considerably lower than 2011 record prices. We have been working with our retail partners on appropriate pricing strategies to implement when lower cotton prices work through our supply chain.

The profitability of Outerwear’s wholesale casualwear category is being adversely affected by hypercompetitive pricing in the wholesale screen-print market. We expect pricing in this market’s basic-product promotional sector to continue to remain problematic, and in response we will de-emphasize the promotional basic sector while maintaining our presence in the more profitable premium-product and core-product sectors where we have a stronger position.

Due to lower unit volumes from price elasticity and the impact of wholesale casualwear category issues described above, we are adjusting manufacturing capacity, primarily by taking time in our facilities as well as eliminating certain contractors. We expect to incur approximately $20 million in charges related to these proposed actions, which will primarily impact the first quarter of 2012. These charges will be offset by efficiency savings of approximately $30 million to $40 million we expect to realize from our supply chain optimization initiatives in 2012.

The hosiery category has been in a state of consistent decline for the past decade, as the trend toward casual dress reduced demand for sheer hosiery. The Hosiery segment comprised only 4% of our net sales in 2011, however, and as a result, the decline in the Hosiery segment has not had a significant impact on our net sales or cash flows. Generally, we manage the Hosiery segment for cash, placing an emphasis on reducing our cost structure and managing cash efficiently.

Cash Requirements for Our Business

We rely on our cash flows generated from operations and the borrowing capacity under our Revolving Loan Facility, Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility and international loan facilities to meet the cash requirements of our business. The primary cash requirements of our business are payments to vendors in the normal course of business, capital expenditures, maturities of debt and related interest payments, contributions to our pension plans and repurchases of our stock. We believe we have sufficient cash and available borrowings for our liquidity needs.

 

60


Table of Contents

Our working capital increased during 2011, primarily in the form of inventory, as a result of cost inflation. In 2012, we expect working capital to be lower due to lower inventory levels as a result of the sale of inventory containing higher input costs and a reduction in inventory unit levels.

Capital spending has varied significantly from year to year as we built and seek to optimize our global supply chain in an effort to streamline our operations and reduce costs. We spent $90 million on gross capital expenditures during 2011, which were offset by cash proceeds of $14 million primarily from a sale-leaseback transaction. During 2012, we expect net capital expenditures of approximately $45 million to continue to support our infrastructure.

Pension Plans

Under the Pension Protection Act funding rules, our U.S. qualified pension plan is approximately 73% funded as of December 31, 2011 compared to 74% funded as of January 1, 2011. The funded status reflects an increase in the benefit obligation due to a decrease in the discount rate used in the valuation of the liability and a decrease in the fair value of plan assets as a result of the stock market’s performance during 2011.

We expect to make required cash contributions of approximately $35 million to the U.S. qualified pension plan in 2012 based on a preliminary calculation by our actuary. We expect pension expense in 2012 of approximately $17 million compared to $11 million in 2011. See Note 15 to our financial statements for more information on the plan asset and pension expense components. In June 2010, the U.S. Congress passed legislation that provides for pension funding relief for companies with defined benefit pension plans by allowing those companies to choose between two alternative funding schedules: amortizing funding shortfalls over 15 years for any two plan years between 2008 and 2011, or paying interest on a funding shortfall for only two plan years of the employer’s choosing after which a seven-year amortization would apply. In December 2011, we elected the latter “2+7” alternative amortization schedule for the 2011 plan year, which will benefit us with improved cash flow starting in 2012 due to expected lower pension contributions; however, total cash flow over the course of the next several years will remain the same.

Share Repurchase Program

On February 1, 2007, we announced that our Board of Directors granted authority for the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our common stock. Share repurchases are made periodically in open-market transactions, and are subject to market conditions, legal requirements and other factors. Additionally, management has been granted authority to establish a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act in connection with share repurchases, which will allow us to repurchase shares in the open market during periods in which the stock trading window is otherwise closed for our company and certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our insider trading policy. Since inception of the program, we have purchased 2.8 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $75 million (average price per share of $26.33). The primary objective of our share repurchase program is to reduce the impact of dilution caused by the exercise of options and vesting of stock unit awards. While we may repurchase additional stock under the program, we may choose not to repurchase any stock and focus more on other uses of cash in the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of Item 303(a)(4) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Future Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table contains information on our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2011, and their expected timing on future cash flows and liquidity.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

     At
December 31,
2011
     Payments Due by Period  

(in thousands)

      Less Than
1 Year
     1 - 3 Years      3 - 5 Years      Thereafter  

Operating activities:

              

Inventory purchase obligations

   $ 461,329      $ 461,329      $ —         $ —         $ —     

Marketing and advertising obligations

     47,824        37,578        6,954        3,292        —     

Uncertain tax positions

     47,688        9,122        18,632        10,601        9,333  

Deferred compensation

     10,691        2,751        3,139        1,833        2,968  

Interest on debt obligations (1)

     815,841        119,133        233,410        208,298        255,000  

Operating lease obligations

     272,291        55,715        79,907        61,839        74,830  

Defined benefit plan minimum contributions

     35,000        35,000        —           —           —     

Severance and other restructuring payments

     2,182        1,963        219        —           —     

Other long-term obligations (2)

     99,713        19,955        40,194        32,506        7,058  

Investing activities:

              

Capital expenditures

     1,986        1,986        —           —           —     

Financing activities:

              

Debt

     1,974,710        166,933        293,277        514,500        1,000,000  

Notes payable

     63,075        63,075        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,832,330      $ 974,540      $ 675,732      $ 832,869      $ 1,349,189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest obligations on floating rate debt instruments are calculated for future periods using interest rates in effect at December 31, 2011.

 

(2) Represents the projected payment for long-term liabilities recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for certain employee benefit claims, royalty-bearing license agreement payments and capital leases.

Sources and Uses of Our Cash

The information presented below regarding the sources and uses of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 was derived from our financial statements.

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating activities

   $ 167,957     $ 133,054  

Investing activities

     (85,633     (283,995

Financing activities

     (89,519     155,685  

Effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash

     (1,131     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (8,326     4,728  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     43,671       38,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 35,345     $ 43,671  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $168 million in 2011 compared to $133 million in 2010. The net increase in cash provided by operating activities of $35 million for 2011 compared to 2010 is primarily attributable to higher net income, partially offset by higher uses of working capital.

Net inventory increased $288 million from January 1, 2011 primarily due to higher input costs such as cotton and oil-related materials.

Accounts receivable was $27 million lower compared to January 1, 2011 primarily due to lower sales in the latter half of the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to 2010.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $86 million in 2011 compared to $284 million in 2010. The net decrease in cash used in investing activities of $198 million in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily the result of net cash used in the acquisition of Gear for Sports during 2010 of $223 million and lower gross capital expenditures of $16 million, partially offset by lower proceeds from sales of assets of $32 million and net cash used for the acquisition of the assets of TNF in April 2011 of $9 million. During 2011, proceeds from sales of assets of $14 million primarily resulted from a sale-leaseback transaction involving one distribution center.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $90 million in 2011 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $156 million in 2010. The lower net cash from financing activities of $245 million in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily the result of lower net borrowings of $250 million resulting from the issuance of the $1 billion 6.375% Senior Notes and related repayment of $750 million in debt under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility in 2010 which did not recur in 2011. In addition, we repurchased $197 million of Floating Rate Senior Notes in 2011. These reductions were partially offset by higher net borrowings of $87 million on the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, higher net borrowings on the Revolving Loan Facility of $66 million and higher net borrowings on notes payable of $28 million. In addition, we made lower payments of $20 million to amend our credit facilities and received higher proceeds from stock options exercised of $11 million in 2011 compared to 2010, partially offset by a payment of $11 million to Sara Lee Corporation in 2011.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, cash and cash equivalents were $35 million and $44 million, respectively. The lower cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2011 was primarily the result of net cash used in financing activities of $90 million and net cash used in investing activities of $86 million, partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities of $168 million.

Financing Arrangements

We believe our financing structure provides a secure base to support our operations and key business strategies. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all financial covenants under our credit facilities. We continue to monitor our covenant compliance carefully in this difficult economic environment. We expect to maintain compliance with our covenants during 2012, however economic conditions or the occurrence of events discussed above under “Risk Factors” could cause noncompliance.

2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility initially provided for aggregate borrowings of $1.15 billion, consisting of the $750 million Term Loan Facility and the $400 million Revolving Loan Facility. The proceeds of the Term Loan Facility were used to refinance all amounts outstanding under the Term A loan facility (in an initial principal amount of $250 million) and Term B loan facility (in an initial principal amount of $1.4 billion) under the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and to repay all amounts outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Facility. Proceeds of the Revolving Loan Facility were used to pay fees and expenses in connection with these transactions, and are used for general corporate purposes and working capital needs.

 

63


Table of Contents

A portion of the Revolving Loan Facility is available for the issuances of letters of credit and the making of swingline loans, and any such issuance of letters of credit or making of a swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the Revolving Loan Facility. At our option, we may add one or more term loan facilities or increase the commitments under the Revolving Loan Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $300 million so long as certain conditions are satisfied, including, among others, that no default or event of default is in existence and that we are in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants described below. In order to support our working capital needs and fund the acquisition of Gear for Sports, in September 2010, we increased the commitments under the Revolving Loan Facility from $400 million to $600 million. In November 2010, we used proceeds from the issuance of the 6.375% Senior Notes to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and to reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2011, we had $15 million outstanding under the Revolving Loan Facility, $14 million of standby and trade letters of credit issued and outstanding under this facility and $571 million of borrowing availability. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate on the Revolving Loan Facility was 5.50%.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility is guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries, with certain customary or agreed-upon exceptions for certain subsidiaries. We and each of the guarantors under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility have granted the lenders under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility a valid and perfected first priority (subject to certain customary exceptions) lien and security interest in the following:

 

   

the equity interests of substantially all of our direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries and 65% of the voting securities of certain first tier foreign subsidiaries; and

 

   

substantially all present and future property and assets, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of us and each guarantor, except for certain enumerated interests, and all proceeds and products of such property and assets.

The Revolving Loan Facility matures on December 10, 2015. All borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility must be repaid in full upon maturity. Outstanding borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility are prepayable without penalty.

At our option, borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility may be maintained from time to time as (a) Base Rate loans, which shall bear interest at the highest of (i) 1/2 of 1% in excess of the federal funds rate, (ii) the rate publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its “prime rate” at its principal office in New York City, in effect from time to time and (iii) the LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and adjusted for maximum reserves) for LIBOR-based loans with a one-month interest period plus 1.0%, in effect from time to time, in each case plus the applicable margin, or (b) LIBOR-based loans, which shall bear interest at the higher of (i) LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and adjusted for maximum reserves), as determined by reference to the rate for deposits in dollars appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page for the respective interest period or other commercially available source designated by the administrative agent, and (ii) 2.00%, plus the applicable margin in effect from time to time. The applicable margin is determined by reference to a leverage-based pricing grid set forth in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility. The applicable margin ranges from a maximum of 4.75% in the case of LIBOR-based loans and 3.75% in the case of Base Rate loans if our leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1, and will step down in 0.25% increments to a minimum of 4.00% in the case of LIBOR-based loans and 3.00% in the case of Base Rate loans if our leverage ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility requires us to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants. The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility requires that we maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total debt to EBITDA (earnings before income taxes, depreciation expense and amortization, as computed pursuant to the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility), or leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio covenant requires that the ratio of our EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters to our consolidated total interest expense for such period shall not be less than a specified ratio for each fiscal quarter beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. This ratio was 2.50 to 1 for the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 and increases over time until it reaches 3.25 to 1 for the third fiscal quarter of 2011 and thereafter. The leverage ratio covenant requires that the ratio of our total debt to EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters will not be more than a specified ratio for

 

64


Table of Contents

each fiscal quarter beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. This ratio was 4.50 to 1 for the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 and declines over time until it reaches 3.75 to 1 for the second fiscal quarter of 2011 and thereafter. The method of calculating all of the components used in the covenants is included in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility.

In February 2011, we amended the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, which includes the Revolving Loan Facility, to reflect improved debt ratings. This amendment reduced the interest rate, extended the maturity date by two years to December 10, 2015, and increased the flexibility of debt covenants and the use of excess cash flow. In addition, the commitment fee for the unused portion of revolving loan commitments was reduced from 75 basis points to 50 basis points. Further, the applicable margin pricing grid for the loans, which varies based on our Leverage Ratio (as defined below), was reduced by 125 basis points at each applicable Leverage Ratio level.

Pursuant to this amendment, the ratio of total debt to EBITDA (the “Leverage Ratio”) that we may not exceed was increased from 4.00 to 1 for each fiscal quarter ending between October 16, 2010 and April 15, 2011 to 4.50 to 1, and will decline over time to 3.75 to 1. Also, the minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated total interest expense that we are required to maintain was decreased from 3.25 to 1 for each fiscal quarter ending between July 16, 2011 and October 15, 2012 to 3.00 to 1 and will increase over time to 3.25 to 1. In addition, we will be required to maintain a maximum ratio of senior secured indebtedness to EBITDA, which for each fiscal quarter ending between October 16, 2010 and October 15, 2012 cannot exceed 2.50 to 1 and will decline over time to 2.00 to 1. The methods of calculating all of the components used in these ratios are included in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility. This amendment also significantly increased the flexibility of the indebtedness, investment and restricted payments baskets and use of excess cash flow under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts after stated grace period; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; violations of covenants; certain bankruptcies and liquidations; any cross-default to material indebtedness; certain material judgments; certain events related to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee, security document or subordination provision or non-perfection of security interest, and a change in control (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility).

6.375% Senior Notes

On November 9, 2010, we issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes. The 6.375% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The 6.375% Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate equal to 6.375%. Interest is payable on the 6.375% Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 6.375% Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2020. The net proceeds from the sale of the 6.375% Senior Notes were approximately $979 million. As noted above, these proceeds were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility and to pay fees and expenses relating to these transactions. The 6.375% Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries.

We may redeem some or all of the notes prior to December 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 6.375% Senior Notes redeemed plus an applicable premium. We may redeem some or all of the 6.375% Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes plus a premium of 3.188% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2015, 2.125% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2016, 1.062% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2017 and no premium if redeemed after December 15, 2018, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date. In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 106.375% of the principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 6.375% Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

65


Table of Contents

8% Senior Notes

On December 10, 2009, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes. The 8% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The 8% Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate equal to 8%. Interest is payable on the 8% Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 8% Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2016. The net proceeds from the sale of the 8% Senior Notes were approximately $480 million. As noted above, these proceeds, together with the proceeds from borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, were used to refinance borrowings under other loan facilities and to pay fees and expenses relating to these transactions. The 8% Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries.

We may redeem some or all of the notes prior to December 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 8% Senior Notes redeemed plus an applicable premium. We may redeem some or all of the 8% Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes plus a premium of 4% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2013, 2% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2014 and no premium if redeemed after December 15, 2015, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date. In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2012, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 108% of the principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 8% Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

Floating Rate Senior Notes

On December 14, 2006, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The Floating Rate Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate, reset semi-annually, equal to LIBOR plus 3.375%. Interest is payable on the Floating Rate Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2014. The net proceeds from the sale of the Floating Rate Senior Notes were approximately $492 million. These proceeds, together with our working capital, were used to repay an outstanding debt balance under another loan facility. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries.

We may redeem some or all of the Floating Rate Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2008 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes plus a premium of 2% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2008, 1% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2009 and no premium if redeemed after December 15, 2010, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date.

The indenture governing the Floating Rate Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

We repurchased $197 million of the Floating Rate Senior Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in 2011. We repurchased $3 million of the Floating Rate Senior Notes for $2.8 million resulting in a gain of $0.2 million in 2009.

 

66


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable Securitization

The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility provides for up to $225 million in funding accounted for as a secured borrowing, limited to the availability of eligible receivables, and is secured by certain domestic trade receivables. Under the terms of the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, we and certain of our subsidiaries sell, on a revolving basis, certain domestic trade receivables to HBI Receivables LLC (“Receivables LLC”), a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiary that in turn uses the trade receivables to secure the borrowings, which are funded through conduits that issue commercial paper in the short-term market and are not affiliated with us or through committed bank purchasers if the conduits fail to fund. The assets and liabilities of Receivables LLC are fully reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the securitization is treated as a secured borrowing for accounting purposes. The borrowings under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility remain outstanding throughout the term of the agreement subject to us maintaining sufficient eligible receivables, by continuing to sell trade receivables to Receivables LLC, unless an event of default occurs. The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility will terminate on March 16, 2012; however, we plan to extend the term.

Availability of funding under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility depends primarily upon the eligible outstanding receivables balance. As of December 31, 2011, we had $167 million outstanding under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. The outstanding balance under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in the line “Accounts receivable securitization facility.” Unless the conduits fail to fund, the yield on the commercial paper, which is the conduits’ cost to issue the commercial paper plus certain dealer fees, is considered a financing cost and is included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income. If the conduits fail to fund, the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility would be funded through committed bank purchasers, and the interest rate payable at our option at the rate announced from time to time by HSBC Bank USA, N.A. as its prime rate or at the LIBO Rate (as defined in the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility) plus the applicable margin in effect from time to time. In addition, Receivables LLC is required to make certain payments to a conduit purchaser, a committed purchaser, or certain entities that provide funding to or are affiliated with them, in the event that assets and liabilities of a conduit purchaser are consolidated for financial and/or regulatory accounting purposes with certain other entities. The average blended interest rate for the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2011 was 1.44%.

The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility contains customary events of default and requires us to maintain the same interest coverage ratio and leverage ratio contained from time to time in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, provided that any changes to such covenants will only be applicable for purposes of the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility if approved by the Managing Agents or their affiliates. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Notes Payable

Notes payable were $63 million at December 31, 2011 and $51 million at January 1, 2011. At December 31, 2011, we had $66 million of borrowing availability under our international loan facilities. We were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in each of the international loan facilities at December 31, 2011.

Undistributed Earnings from Foreign Subsidiaries

As of December 31, 2011, the cumulative amount of undistributed earnings from our foreign subsidiaries was approximately $1.3 billion, of which less than $1 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by foreign subsidiaries whose undistributed earnings are considered permanently reinvested, and $18 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by foreign subsidiaries whose undistributed earnings are not considered permanently reinvested. Our intention is to reinvest the cash and cash equivalents of those entities whose undistributed earnings we have previously asserted as being permanently reinvested in our international operations. We reassess our reinvestment assertions each reporting period and currently believe that we have sufficient other sources of liquidity to support our assertion that such undistributed earnings held by foreign subsidiaries may be considered to be reinvested permanently.

 

67


Table of Contents

We repatriated $28 million, $21 million and $23 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, from earnings generated in such years. The amount of the current year foreign earnings that we have repatriated in the past has been determined, and the amount that we expect to repatriate during 2012 will be determined, based upon a variety of factors including current year earnings of the foreign subsidiaries, foreign investment needs and the cash flow needs we have in the U.S., such as for the repayment of debt and other domestic obligations. The majority of our repatriation of the earnings of foreign subsidiaries has historically occurred at year-end, although we may always repatriate funds earlier in the year based on the needs of our business. When we repatriate funds to the U.S., we are required to pay taxes on these amounts based on applicable U.S. tax rates, net of any foreign tax that would be allowed to be deducted or taken as a credit against U.S. income tax. We paid $2 million, $2 million and $5 million in additional U.S. federal income taxes in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as a result of repatriation of foreign earnings generated in such years. We do not currently expect the amount of repatriated foreign earnings or the resulting additional tax expense in 2012 to differ materially from prior fiscal years.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to accurately and fairly report our operating results and financial condition in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. We apply these accounting policies in a consistent manner. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2, titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our financial statements.

The application of critical accounting policies requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and may retain outside consultants to assist in our evaluation. If actual results ultimately differ from previous estimates, the revisions are included in results of operations in the period in which the actual amounts become known. The critical accounting policies that involve the most significant management judgments and estimates used in preparation of our financial statements, or are the most sensitive to change from outside factors, are described below:

Sales Recognition and Incentives

We recognize revenue when (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (iii) title and the risks of ownership have been transferred to the customer and (iv) collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, which occurs primarily upon shipment. We record provisions for any uncollectible amounts based upon our historical collection statistics and current customer information. Our management reviews these estimates each quarter and makes adjustments based upon actual experience.

Note 2(d), titled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Sales Recognition and Incentives,” to our financial statements describes a variety of sales incentives that we offer to resellers and consumers of our products. Measuring the cost of these incentives requires, in many cases, estimating future customer utilization and redemption rates. We use historical data for similar transactions to estimate the cost of current incentive programs. Our management reviews these estimates each quarter and makes adjustments based upon actual experience and other available information. We classify the costs associated with cooperative advertising as a reduction of “Net sales” in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

Accounts Receivable Valuation

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from customers. We carry our accounts receivable at their net realizable value. In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, we consider a combination of factors, such as the aging of trade receivables, industry trends, and our customers’ financial strength, credit standing, and payment and default history. Changes in the aforementioned factors, among others, may lead to adjustments in our allowance for doubtful accounts. The calculation of the required allowance requires judgment by our management as to the impact of these and other factors on the ultimate realization of our trade receivables. Charges to the allowance for doubtful accounts are reflected in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line and charges to the allowance for customer chargebacks and other customer deductions are primarily reflected as a reduction in the “Net sales” line of our Consolidated Statements of Income. Our management reviews these

 

68


Table of Contents

estimates each quarter and makes adjustments based upon actual experience. Because we cannot predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, a large reserve might be required. The amount of actual historical losses has not varied materially from our estimates for bad debts.

Inventory Valuation

We carry inventory on our balance sheet at the estimated lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out, or “FIFO,” method for our inventories. We carry obsolete, damaged, and excess inventory at the net realizable value, which we determine by assessing historical recovery rates, current market conditions and our future marketing and sales plans. Because our assessment of net realizable value is made at a point in time, there are inherent uncertainties related to our value determination. Market factors and other conditions underlying the net realizable value may change, resulting in further reserve requirements. A reduction in the carrying amount of an inventory item from cost to market value creates a new cost basis for the item that cannot be reversed at a later period. While we believe that adequate write-downs for inventory obsolescence have been provided in the financial statements, consumer tastes and preferences will continue to change and we could experience additional inventory write-downs in the future.

Rebates, discounts and other cash consideration received from a vendor related to inventory purchases are reflected as reductions in the cost of the related inventory item, and are therefore reflected in cost of sales when the related inventory item is sold.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We have recorded deferred taxes related to operating losses. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, the amount and timing of which are uncertain, possible changes in tax laws and tax planning strategies. If in our judgment it appears that we will not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to offset losses during the carryforward periods, we have recorded valuation allowances to reduce those deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be ultimately realized. An adjustment to income tax expense would be required in a future period if we determine that the amount of deferred tax assets to be realized differs from the net recorded amount.

Federal income taxes are provided on that portion of our income of foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the United States and be taxable, reflecting the decisions made by us with regards to earnings permanently reinvested in foreign jurisdictions. Decisions we make as to the amount of earnings permanently reinvested in foreign jurisdictions, due to anticipated cash flow or other business requirements, may impact our federal income tax provision and effective tax rate.

We periodically estimate the probable tax obligations using historical experience in tax jurisdictions and our informed judgment. There are inherent uncertainties related to the interpretation of tax regulations in the jurisdictions in which we transact business. The judgments and estimates made at a point in time may change based on the outcome of tax audits, as well as changes to, or further interpretations of, regulations. Income tax expense is adjusted in the period in which these events occur, and these adjustments are included in our Consolidated Statements of Income. If such changes take place, there is a risk that our effective tax rate may increase or decrease in any period. A company must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

In conjunction with the spin off, we and Sara Lee entered into a tax sharing agreement, which allocates responsibilities between us and Sara Lee for taxes and certain other tax matters. Under the tax sharing agreement, Sara Lee generally is liable for all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes attributable to us with respect to taxable periods ending on or before September 5, 2006. Sara Lee also is liable for income taxes attributable to us with respect to taxable periods beginning before September 5, 2006 and ending after September 5, 2006, but only to the extent those taxes are allocable to the portion of the taxable period ending on September 5, 2006. We are generally liable for all other taxes attributable to us. Changes in the amounts payable or receivable by us under the stipulations of this agreement may impact our tax provision in any period.

 

69


Table of Contents

As previously disclosed, we disagreed with Sara Lee as to the amount of deferred taxes that should have been attributable to our United States and Canadian operations on our opening balance sheet as of September 6, 2006 following our spin off from Sara Lee. The computation of this amount is governed by a tax sharing agreement entered into in connection with the spin off. We have had differing interpretations of the tax sharing agreement from Sara Lee, and, in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the agreement, we along with Sara Lee submitted that dispute to arbitration before a three-member tribunal in August 2009. A hearing was held in August 2010. Based on our computation of the final amount of deferred taxes for our opening balance sheet as of September 6, 2006, the amount that we expected to collect from Sara Lee based on our computation of $72 million, which reflects a preliminary cash installment received from Sara Lee of $18 million, was included as a receivable in “Other current assets.”

On July 1, 2011, the tribunal issued a 2-1 decision in which the majority disagreed with our interpretation of the tax sharing agreement and awarded us $3 million, plus interest based on the majority’s interpretation of the tax sharing agreement. This amount reflects other payments made or acknowledged to be owed by the parties under the tax sharing agreement. As a result of the tribunal’s decision, during the second quarter of 2011 we recorded a non-cash transaction that reduced “Other current assets” and “Additional paid-in capital” by $69 million.

Stock Compensation

We established the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) to award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance shares and cash to our employees, non-employee directors and employees of our subsidiaries to promote the interest of our company and incent performance and retention of employees. Stock-based compensation is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. Estimation of stock-based compensation for stock options granted, utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, requires various highly subjective assumptions including volatility and expected option life. We use a combination of the volatility of our company and the volatility of peer companies for a period of time that is comparable to the expected life of the option to determine volatility assumptions. We utilize the simplified method outlined in SEC accounting rules to estimate expected lives for options granted. The simplified method is used for valuing stock option grants by eligible public companies that do not have sufficient historical exercise patterns on options granted to employees. We estimate forfeitures for stock-based awards granted that are not expected to vest. If any of these inputs or assumptions changes significantly, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

For a discussion of our net periodic benefit cost, plan obligations, plan assets, and how we measure the amount of these costs, see Note 15 titled “Defined Benefit Pension Plans” to our consolidated financial statements.

Under the Pension Protection Act funding rules, our U.S. qualified pension plan is approximately 73% funded as of December 31, 2011 compared to 74% funded as of January 1, 2011. The funded status reflects an increase in the benefit obligation due to a decrease in the discount rate used in the valuation of the liability, and a decrease in the fair value of plan assets as a result of the stock market’s performance during 2011. In June 2010, the U.S. Congress passed legislation that provides for pension funding relief for companies with defined benefit pension plans by allowing those companies to choose between two alternative funding schedules: amortizing funding shortfalls over 15 years for any two plan years between 2008 and 2011, or paying interest on a funding shortfall for only two plan years of the employer’s choosing after which a seven-year amortization would apply. In December 2011, we elected the “2+7” alternative amortization schedule for the 2011 plan year, which will benefit us with improved cash flow starting in 2012 due to expected lower pension contributions; however total cash flow over the course of the next several years will remain the same. We expect to make required cash contributions of approximately $35 million to the U.S. qualified pension plan in 2012 based on a preliminary calculation by our actuary. We expect pension expense in 2012 of approximately $17 million compared to $11 million in 2011. See Note 15 to our financial statements for more information on the plan asset components. The funded status of our defined benefit pension plans are recognized on our balance sheet and changes in the funded status are reflected in comprehensive income. We measure the funded status of our plans as of the date of our fiscal year end.

 

70


Table of Contents

The net periodic cost of the pension plans is determined using projections and actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and the long-term rate of asset return. The net periodic pension income or expense is recognized in the year incurred. Gains and losses, which occur when actual experience differs from actuarial assumptions, are amortized over the average future expected life of participants.

Our policies regarding the establishment of pension assumptions are as follows:

 

   

In determining the discount rate, we utilized the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve (rounded to the nearest 10 basis points) in order to determine a unique interest rate for each plan and match the expected cash flows for each plan.

 

   

Salary increase assumptions were based on historical experience and anticipated future management actions. The salary increase assumption only applies to the Canadian plans and portions of the Hanesbrands nonqualified retirement plans, as benefits under these plans are not frozen. The benefits under the Hanesbrands Inc. Pension Plan were frozen as of December 31, 2005.

 

   

In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets we applied a proportionally weighted blend between assuming the historical long-term compound growth rate of the plan portfolio would predict the future returns of similar investments, and the utilization of forward looking assumptions.

 

   

Retirement rates were based primarily on actual experience while standard actuarial tables were used to estimate mortality.

The sensitivity of changes in actuarial assumptions on our annual pension expense and on our plans’ benefit obligations, all other factors being equal, is illustrated by the following:

 

     Increase (Decrease) in  

(in millions)

   Pension Expense     Benefit
Obligation
 

1% decrease in discount rate

   $ —        $ 155   

1% increase in discount rate

     —          (126

1% decrease in expected investment return

     6        N/A   

1% increase in expected investment return

     (6     N/A   

Trademarks and Other Identifiable Intangibles

Trademarks, license agreements, customer and distributor relationships and computer software are our primary identifiable intangible assets. We amortize identifiable intangibles with finite lives, and we do not amortize identifiable intangibles with indefinite lives. We base the estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset upon a number of factors, including the effects of demand, competition, expected changes in distribution channels and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain future cash flows. As of December 31, 2011, the net book value of trademarks and other identifiable intangible assets was $170 million, of which we are amortizing the entire balance. We anticipate that our amortization expense for 2012 will be $15 million.

We evaluate identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment using a process similar to that used to evaluate asset amortization described below under “— Depreciation and Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment.” We assess identifiable intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment at least annually and more often as triggering events occur. In order to determine the impairment of identifiable intangible assets not subject to amortization, we compare the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount. We recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which an identifiable intangible asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

 

71


Table of Contents

We measure a trademark’s fair value using the royalty saved method. We determine the royalty saved method by evaluating various factors to discount anticipated future cash flows, including operating results, business plans, and present value techniques. The rates we use to discount cash flows are based on interest rates and the cost of capital at a point in time. Because there are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and our judgment in applying them, the assumptions underlying the impairment analysis may change in such a manner that impairment in value may occur in the future. Such impairment will be recognized in the period in which it becomes known.

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2011, we had $433 million of goodwill. We do not amortize goodwill, but we assess for impairment at least annually and more often as triggering events occur. The timing of our annual goodwill impairment testing is the first day of the third fiscal quarter. The estimated fair values significantly exceeded the carrying values of each of our reporting units as of the first day of the third fiscal quarter, and no impairment of goodwill was identified as a result of the testing conducted in 2011.

The impairment test we performed in 2011 required us to estimate the fair value of our reporting units, primarily using discounted cash flow methodologies based on projected revenues and cash flows that will be derived from a reporting unit. Beginning with our goodwill impairment test in 2012, as a result of new accounting rules issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), we will be permitted to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the two-step impairment test prescribed under current accounting rules. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. Intangible assets that are being amortized must be tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value might not be recoverable.

In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill in 2011, we estimated the fair value of our reporting units. We relied on a number of factors to determine the fair value of our reporting units and evaluate various factors to discount anticipated future cash flows, including operating results, business plans, and present value techniques. As discussed above under “Trademarks and Other Identifiable Intangibles,” there are inherent uncertainties related to these factors, and our judgment in applying them and the assumptions underlying the impairment analysis may change in such a manner that impairment in value may occur in the future. Such impairment will be recognized in the period in which it becomes known.

Depreciation and Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment

We state property, plant and equipment at its historical cost, and we compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the asset’s life. We estimate an asset’s life based on historical experience, manufacturers’ estimates, engineering or appraisal evaluations, our future business plans and the period over which the asset will economically benefit us, which may be the same as or shorter than its physical life. Our policies require that we periodically review our assets’ remaining depreciable lives based upon actual experience and expected future utilization. A change in the depreciable life is treated as a change in accounting estimate and the accelerated depreciation is accounted for in the period of change and future periods. Based upon current levels of depreciation, the average remaining depreciable life of our net property other than land is five years.

We test an asset for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events include significant adverse changes in business climate, several periods of operating or cash flow losses, forecasted continuing losses or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be disposed of before the end of its useful life. We evaluate an asset’s recoverability by comparing the asset or asset group’s net carrying amount to the future net undiscounted cash flows we expect such asset or asset group will generate. If we determine that an asset is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss in the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value.

When we recognize an impairment loss for an asset held for use, we depreciate the asset’s adjusted carrying amount over its remaining useful life. We do not restore previously recognized impairment losses if circumstances change.

 

72


Table of Contents

Insurance Reserves

We maintain insurance coverage for property, workers’ compensation and other casualty programs. We are responsible for losses up to certain limits and are required to estimate a liability that represents the ultimate exposure for aggregate losses below those limits. This liability is based on management’s estimates of the ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors, including historical trends, actuarial assumptions and economic conditions. If actual trends differ from the estimates, the financial results could be impacted. Actual trends have not differed materially from the estimates.

Assets and Liabilities Acquired in Business Combinations

We account for business acquisitions using the purchase method, which requires us to allocate the cost of an acquired business to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. We recognize the excess of an acquired business’s cost over the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities as goodwill. We use a variety of information sources to determine the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. We generally use third party appraisers to determine the fair value and lives of property and identifiable intangibles, consulting actuaries to assist us in determining the fair value of obligations associated with defined benefit pension plans, and legal counsel to assess obligations associated with legal and environmental claims.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Measurements

In May 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to fair value measurements. The new accounting rules clarify some existing concepts, eliminate wording differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and in some limited cases, change some principles to achieve convergence between GAAP and IFRS. The new accounting rules result in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between GAAP and IFRS. The new accounting rules also expand the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. The new accounting rules will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2012. We do not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules that require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. The new accounting rules eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The new accounting rules will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2012. We do not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules which deferred certain provisions of the rules issued in June 2011 that required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented. Accordingly, this requirement is indefinitely deferred.

Goodwill Impairment Testing

In September 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to testing goodwill for impairment. The new accounting rules permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test prescribed under current accounting rules. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The new accounting rules will be effective for us in first quarter of 2012. We do not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

73


Table of Contents

Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new rules are effective for us in the first quarter of 2015 with retrospective application required. We do not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. Our risk management control system uses analytical techniques including market value, sensitivity analysis and value at risk estimations.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We sell the majority of our products in transactions denominated in U.S. dollars; however, we purchase some raw materials, pay a portion of our wages and make other payments in our supply chain in foreign currencies. Our exposure to foreign exchange rates exists primarily with respect to the Canadian dollar, European euro, Mexican peso and Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar. We use foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge material exposure to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. A sensitivity analysis technique has been used to evaluate the effect that changes in the market value of foreign exchange currencies will have on our forward and option contracts. At December 31, 2011, the potential change in fair value of foreign currency derivative instruments, assuming a 10% adverse change in the underlying currency price, was $9.8 million.

Interest Rates

Our debt under the Revolving Loan Facility, Floating Rate Senior Notes and Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility bears interest at variable rates. As a result, we are exposed to changes in market interest rates that could impact the cost of servicing our debt. We are required under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility to hedge a portion of our floating rate debt to reduce interest rate risk caused by floating rate debt issuance. We are in compliance with this provision as a result of our 8% Senior Notes and 6.375% Senior Notes which bear interest at fixed rates. Approximately 76% of our total debt outstanding at December 31, 2011 is at a fixed rate. After giving effect to these arrangements, a 25-basis point movement in the annual interest rate charged on the outstanding debt balances as of December 31, 2011 would result in a change in annual interest expense of $1.2 million. We may execute interest rate cash flow hedges in the form of caps and swaps in the future in order to mitigate our exposure to variability in cash flows for the future interest payments on a designated portion of borrowings.

Commodities

Cotton is the primary raw material used in manufacturing many of our products. While we have sold our yarn operations, we are still exposed to fluctuations in the cost of cotton. During 2010, cotton prices hit their highest levels in 140 years. Increases in the cost of cotton can result in higher costs in the price we pay for yarn from our large-scale yarn suppliers, while decreases in cotton prices can result in inventory comprised of products made from higher-cost yarn and in our purchase of cotton at contractually fixed prices that are above the current market rate. Our costs for cotton yarn and cotton-based textiles vary based upon the fluctuating cost of cotton, which is affected by, among other things, weather, consumer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus consumer countries and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. We are able to lock in the cost of cotton reflected in the price we pay for yarn from our primary yarn suppliers in an attempt to protect our business from the volatility of the market price of cotton. Under our agreements with these suppliers, we have the ability to periodically fix the cotton cost component of our yarn purchases. When we elect to fix the cotton cost component under these agreements, interim fluctuations

 

74


Table of Contents

in the price of cotton do not impact the price we pay for the specified volume of yarn. The yarn suppliers bear the risk of cotton fluctuations for the yarn volume specified and it is their responsibility to procure the cotton at the agreed upon pricing through arrangements they make with their cotton suppliers. However, our business can be affected by dramatic movements in cotton prices. Although the cost of cotton used in goods manufactured by us has historically represented only 6% of our cost of sales, it has risen to around 12% primarily as a result of cost inflation. The cotton prices reflected in our results were $1.09 per pound in 2011 and 69 cents per pound in 2010. Costs incurred for materials and labor are capitalized into inventory and impact our results as the inventory is sold. For example, we estimate that an increase of $0.01 per pound in cotton prices at current levels of production would affect our annual cost of sales by $4 million related to finished goods manufactured internally in our manufacturing facilities and $1 million related to finished goods sourced by third parties. The ultimate effect of this change on our earnings cannot be quantified, as the effect of movements in cotton prices on industry selling prices are uncertain, but any dramatic increase in the price of cotton would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, significant decreases in the price of cotton may result in the cost of inventory exceeding the cost of new production, which could result in lower gross margins, particularly if these decreases result in downward price pressure.

In addition, fluctuations in crude oil or petroleum prices may influence the prices of other raw materials we use to manufacture our products, such as chemicals, dyestuffs, polyester yarn and foam. We generally purchase raw materials at market prices. We estimate that a change of $10.00 per barrel in the price of oil would affect our freight costs by approximately $4 million, at current levels of usage.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our financial statements required by this item are contained on pages F-1 through F-57 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Item  15(a)(1) for a listing of financial statements provided.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting and the report of independent registered public accounting firm are incorporated by reference to pages F-2 and F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In connection with the evaluation required by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d), our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that no changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

75


Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1C of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We will provide other information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 (other than the Equity Compensation Plan Information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K) in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. The Equity Compensation Plan Information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is included in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.

 

76


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1)-(2) Financial Statements and Schedules

The financial statements and schedules listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 are filed as part of this Report.

(a)(3) Exhibits

See “Index to Exhibits” beginning on page E-1, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Index to Exhibits lists all exhibits filed with this Report and identifies which of those exhibits are management contracts and compensation plans.

 

77


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 17th day of February, 2012.

 

HANESBRANDS INC.
  /s/ Richard A. Noll
 

Richard A. Noll

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW BY ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints jointly and severally, Richard A. Noll, Richard D. Moss and Joia M. Johnson, and each one of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Capacity

 

Date

/s/ Richard A. Noll

   Chief Executive Officer and   February 17, 2012

Richard A. Noll

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

(principal executive officer)

 

/s/ Richard D. Moss

   Chief Financial Officer   February 17, 2012

Richard D. Moss

  

(principal financial officer and principal

accounting officer)

 

/s/ Lee A. Chaden

   Director   February 17, 2012

Lee A. Chaden

    

 

78


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Capacity

 

Date

/s/ Bobby J. Griffin

   Director   February 17, 2012

Bobby J. Griffin

    

/s/ James C. Johnson

   Director   February 17, 2012

James C. Johnson

    

/s/ Jessica T. Mathews

   Director   February 17, 2012

Jessica T. Mathews

    

/s/ J. Patrick Mulcahy

   Director   February 17, 2012

J. Patrick Mulcahy

    

/s/ Ronald L. Nelson

   Director   February 17, 2012

Ronald L. Nelson

    

/s/ Andrew J. Schindler

   Director   February 17, 2012

Andrew J. Schindler

    

/s/ Ann E. Ziegler

   Director   February 17, 2012

Ann E. Ziegler

    

 

79


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

References in this Index to Exhibits to the “Registrant” are to Hanesbrands Inc. The Registrant will furnish you, without charge, a copy of any exhibit, upon written request. Written requests to obtain any exhibit should be sent to Corporate Secretary, Hanesbrands Inc., 1000 East Hanes Mill Road, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hanesbrands Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).
3.2    Articles Supplementary (Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series A) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hanesbrands Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2008).
3.4    Certificate of Formation of BA International, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.5    Limited Liability Company Agreement of BA International, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.6    Certificate of Incorporation of Caribesock, Inc., together with Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.7    Bylaws of Caribesock, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.8    Certificate of Incorporation of Caribetex, Inc., together with Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.9    Bylaws of Caribetex, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.10    Certificate of Formation of CASA International, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.11    Limited Liability Company Agreement of CASA International, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.12    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CC Products, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.50 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).

 

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.13    Amended and Restated Bylaws of CC Products, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.51 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.14    Certificate of Incorporation of Ceibena Del, Inc., together with Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.15    Bylaws of Ceibena Del, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.16    Articles of Incorporation of Event 1, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.52 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.17    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Event 1, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.18    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GearCo, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.44 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.19    Amended and Restated Bylaws of GearCo, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.20    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GFSI Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.21    Amended and Restated Bylaws of GFSI Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.47 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.22    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GFSI, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.48 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.23    Amended and Restated Bylaws of GFSI, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.49 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
3.24    Certificate of Formation of Hanes Menswear, LLC, together with Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited Liability Company Pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Limited Liability Company Act and Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.25    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hanes Menswear, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.15 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).

 

E-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.26    Certificate of Incorporation of HPR, Inc., together with Certificate of Merger of Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc. into HPR, Inc. (now known as Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc.) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.27    Bylaws of Hanes Puerto Rico, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.28    Articles of Organization of Sara Lee Direct, LLC, together with Articles of Amendment reflecting the change of the entity’s name to Hanesbrands Direct, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.29    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Sara Lee Direct, LLC (now known as Hanesbrands Direct, LLC) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.30    Certificate of Incorporation of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc., together with Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc. reflecting the change of the entity’s name to Hanesbrands Distribution, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.31    Bylaws of Sara Lee Distribution, Inc. (now known as Hanesbrands Distribution, Inc.)(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.32    Certificate of Formation of HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.33    Operating Agreement of HBI Branded Apparel Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.23 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.34    Certificate of Incorporation of HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.35    Bylaws of HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.36    Certificate of Formation of HbI International, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.37    Limited Liability Company Agreement of HbI International, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.38    Certificate of Formation of SL Sourcing, LLC, together with Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of SL Sourcing, LLC reflecting the change of the entity’s name to HBI Sourcing, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).

 

E-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.39    Limited Liability Company Agreement of SL Sourcing, LLC (now known as HBI Sourcing, LLC) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.40    Certificate of Formation of Inner Self LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.30 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.41    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Inner Self LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.42    Certificate of Formation of Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.32 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.43    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jasper-Costa Rica, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.44    Certificate of Formation of Playtex Dorado, LLC, together with Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited Liability Company Pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Limited Liability Company Act (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.36 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.45    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Playtex Dorado, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.37 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.46    Certificate of Incorporation of Playtex Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.38 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.47    Bylaws of Playtex Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.39 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.48    Certificate of Formation of Seamless Textiles, LLC, together with Certificate of Conversion from a Corporation to a Limited Liability Company Pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Limited Liability Company Act (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.40 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.49    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seamless Textiles, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.41 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.50    Certificate of Incorporation of UPCR, Inc., together with Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.42 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.51    Bylaws of UPCR, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.43 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).

 

E-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.52    Certificate of Incorporation of UPEL, Inc., together with Certificate of Change of Location of Registered Office and Registered Agent (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.44 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
3.53    Bylaws of UPEL, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-142371) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007).
4.1    Rights Agreement between Hanesbrands Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Rights Agent. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).
4.2    Form of Rights Certificate (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).
4.3    Placement Agreement dated December 11, 2006 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2006).
4.4    Indenture dated as of December 14, 2006 (the “2006 Indenture”), among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2006).
4.5    First Supplemental Indenture (the 2006 Indenture) dated August 13, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
4.6    Second Supplemental Indenture (the the 2006 Indenture) dated November 1, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2010).
4.7    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 14, 2006 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2006).
4.8    Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2008 (the “2008 Indenture”) among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant, and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission file number 333-152733) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 2008).
4.9    Underwriting Agreement dated December 3, 2009 between the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2009).
4.10    First Supplemental Indenture (to the 2008 Indenture) dated December 10, 2009 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2009).

 

E-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

4.11    Second Supplemental Indenture (to the 2008 Indenture) dated August 13, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
4.12    Third Supplemental Indenture (to the 2008 Indenture) dated November 1, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2010).
4.13    Purchase Agreement dated November 4, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2010).
4.14    Fourth Supplemental Indenture (to the 2008 Indenture) dated November 9, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Branch Banking and Trust Company (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2010).
4.15    Registration Rights Agreement dated November 9, 2010 among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2010).
10.1    Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission file number 333-171114) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).*
10.2    Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).*
10.3    Form of Calendar Year Grant Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006.*
10.4    Form of Discretionary Grant Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrand Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006.*
10.5    Form of Performance Stock and Cash Award – Cash Component Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006.*
10.6    Form of Performance Stock and Cash Award – Stock Component Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006.*
10.7    Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006. *
10.8    Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2007).*

 

E-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.9    Hanesbrands Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2011).*
10.10    Hanesbrands Inc. Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2010).*
10.11    Hanesbrands Inc. Performance-Based Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006).*
10.12    Hanesbrands Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2008).*
10.13    Hanesbrands Inc. Executive Life Insurance Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.14    Hanesbrands Inc. Executive Long-Term Disability Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.15    Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006, as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2010).*
10.16    Hanesbrands Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.17    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and Richard A. Noll (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.18    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and Gerald W. Evans Jr. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.19    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and E. Lee Wyatt Jr. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.20    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 10, 2008 between the Registrant and Kevin W. Oliver (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.21    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 17, 2008 between the Registrant and Joia M. Johnson (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.22    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Registrant and William J. Nictakis (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009).*
10.23    Severance/Change in Control Agreement dated November 3, 2011 between the Registrant and Richard D. Moss (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2011).*

 

E-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.24   

Retention Plan Award Agreement between the Registrant and Richard D. Moss dated June 28, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2011).*

10.25    Master Separation Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.26    Tax Sharing Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.27    Employee Matters Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.28    Master Transition Services Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.29    Real Estate Matters Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.30    Indemnification and Insurance Matters Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.31    Intellectual Property Matters Agreement dated August 31, 2006 between the Registrant and Sara Lee Corporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).
10.32    First Lien Credit Agreement dated September 5, 2006 (the “2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility”) among the Registrant the various financial institutions and other persons from time to time party thereto, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, LaSalle Bank National Association, Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).†
10.33    First Amendment dated February 22, 2007 to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2007).
10.34    Second Amendment dated August 21, 2008 to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2008).
10.35    Third Amendment dated March 10, 2009 to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2009).
10.36    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 5, 2006, as amended and restated as of December 10, 2009 (the “2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility”), among the Registrant, the various financial institutions and other persons from time to time party to this Agreement, Barclays Bank PLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as the co-documentation agents, Bank of America, N.A. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as the co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent and the collateral agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, as the joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2010).

 

E-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.37       First Amendment dated February 17, 2011 to the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 18, 2011).
  10.38       Second Lien Credit Agreement dated September 5, 2006 (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”) among HBI Branded Apparel Limited, Inc., the Registrant, the various financial institutions and other persons from time to time party thereto, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, LaSalle Bank National Association, Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc. and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2006).†
  10.39       First Amendment dated August 21, 2008 to the Second Lien Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2008).
  10.40       Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of November 27, 2007 (the “Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility”) among HBI Receivables LLC and the Registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, National Association, Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, Bryant Park Funding LLC, and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 19, 2008).†
  10.41       Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 16, 2009 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2009).†
  10.42       Amendment No. 2 dated as of April 13, 2009 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2009).†
  10.43       Amendment No. 3 dated as of August 17, 2009 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2009).
  10.44       Amendment No. 4 dated as of December 10, 2009 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2010).
  10.45       Amendment No. 5 dated as of December 21, 2009 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.40 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2010).†
  10.46       Amendment No. 6 dated as of December 18, 2010 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.42 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2011).
  10.47       Amendment No. 7 dated as of January 31, 2011 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2011).†
  10.48       Amendment No. 8 dated as of March 18, 2011 to the Accounts Receivables Securitization Facility (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2011).†
  12.1       Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

E-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereto).
31.1    Certification of Richard A. Noll, Chief Executive Officer.
31.2    Certification of Richard D. Moss, Chief Financial Officer.
32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Richard A. Noll, Chief Executive Officer.
32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Richard D. Moss, Chief Financial Officer.

 

* Agreement relates to executive compensation.

 

Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request filed with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

E-10


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

HANESBRANDS INC.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements:

     Page   

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     F-2   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, January  1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, January  1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Hanesbrands Inc.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Hanesbrands Inc. (“Hanesbrands”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a—15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Hanesbrands’ system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Hanesbrands; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of Hanesbrands are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Hanesbrands; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Hanesbrands’ assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management has evaluated the effectiveness of Hanesbrands’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based upon criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation, management determined that Hanesbrands’ internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Hanesbrands Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hanesbrands Inc. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Greensboro, North Carolina

February 17, 2012

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Net sales

   $ 4,637,143      $ 4,326,713      $ 3,891,275  

Cost of sales

     3,096,772        2,911,944        2,626,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,540,371        1,414,769        1,265,274  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,062,090        1,010,581        940,530  

Restructuring

                     53,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     478,281        404,188        270,856  

Other expenses

     6,377        20,221        49,301  

Interest expense, net

     156,297        150,236        163,279  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     315,607        233,731        58,276  

Income tax expense

     48,919        22,438        6,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 266,688      $ 211,293      $ 51,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Basic

   $ 2.73      $ 2.19      $ 0.54  

Diluted

   $ 2.69      $ 2.16      $ 0.54  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     97,710        96,500        95,158  

Diluted

     99,251        97,774        95,668  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     January 1,  
     2011     2011  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,345     $ 43,671  

Trade accounts receivable less allowances of $17,418 at December 31, 2011 and $19,192 at January 1, 2011

     470,713       503,243  

Inventories

     1,607,555       1,322,719  

Deferred tax assets

     154,667       149,431  

Other current assets

     62,511       128,607  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,330,791       2,147,671  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, net

     635,406       631,254  

Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net

     169,675       178,622  

Goodwill

     433,396       430,144  

Deferred tax assets

     394,220       319,798  

Other noncurrent assets

     71,181       82,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,034,669     $ 3,790,002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Accounts payable

   $ 451,525     $ 412,369  

Accrued liabilities and other:

    

Payroll and employee benefits

     80,906       89,303  

Advertising and promotion

     88,595       87,384  

Other

     82,685       99,616  

Notes payable

     63,075       50,678  

Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

     166,933       90,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     933,719       829,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     1,807,777       1,990,735  

Pension and postretirement benefits

     485,688       301,889  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     126,424       105,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,353,608       3,227,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock (50,000,000 authorized shares; $.01 par value) Issued and outstanding — None

              

Common stock (500,000,000 authorized shares; $.01 par value) Issued and outstanding — 97,517,325 at December 31, 2011 and 96,207,025 at January 1, 2011

     975       962  

Additional paid-in capital

     266,551       294,829  

Retained earnings

     746,786       480,098  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (333,251     (213,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     681,061       562,674  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,034,669     $ 3,790,002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

 

000,000 000,000 000,000 000,000 000,000 000,000
     Common Stock     

Additional

Paid-In

    Retained     

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

    Total  
     Shares      Amount      Capital     Earnings      Loss    

Balances at January 3, 2009

     93,520      $ 935      $ 248,167     $ 217,522      $ (281,469   $ 185,155  

Net income

                            51,283               51,283  

Translation adjustments

                                    18,966       18,966  

Net unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $17,639

                                    28,580       28,580  

Net unrecognized gain from pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $1,835

                                    10,928       10,928  
               

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                  109,757  

Stock-based compensation

                     37,391                      37,391  

Exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other

     1,877        19        2,397                      2,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 2, 2010

     95,397      $ 954      $ 287,955     $ 268,805      $ (222,995   $ 334,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

                            211,293               211,293  

Translation adjustments

                                    3,661       3,661  

Net unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $6,773

                                    10,189       10,189  

Net unrecognized loss from pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $2,608

                                    (4,070     (4,070
               

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                  221,073  

Stock-based compensation

                     19,226                      19,226  

Exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other

     810        8        3,317                      3,325  

Net transactions related to spin off

                     (15,669                    (15,669
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2011

     96,207      $ 962      $ 294,829     $ 480,098      $ (213,215   $ 562,674  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

                            266,688               266,688  

Translation adjustments

                                    (9,890     (9,890

Net unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $7,495

                                    11,301       11,301  

Net unrecognized loss from pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $79,577

                                    (121,447     (121,447
               

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

                  146,652  

Stock-based compensation

                     15,822                      15,822  

Exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other

     1,310        13        15,364                      15,377  

Net transactions related to spin off

           (59,464          (59,464
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

     97,517      $ 975      $ 266,551     $ 746,786      $ (333,251   $ 681,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,     January 1,     January 2,  
     2011     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 266,688     $ 211,293     $ 51,283  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     76,174       74,103       84,312  

Amortization of intangibles

     14,551       12,509       12,443  

Restructuring

                   8,207  

Write-off on early extinguishment of debt

     3,297       16,526       2,423  

Gain on repurchase of Floating Rate Senior Notes

                   (157

Charges incurred for amendments of credit facilities

                   20,634  

Interest rate hedge termination

                   26,029  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     10,367       12,739       10,967  

Amortization of loss on interest rate hedge

     11,292       17,774         

Stock compensation expense

     16,173       19,534       37,697  

Deferred taxes

     1,948       15,794       (9,152

Other

     1,661       (3,432     (10,252

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     26,585       (329     (39,805

Inventories

     (287,908     (231,845     248,820  

Other assets

     3,639       11,597       22,210  

Accounts payable

     39,706       29,934       3,522  

Accrued liabilities and other

     (16,216     (53,143     (54,677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     167,957       133,054       414,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (90,099     (106,240     (126,825

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (9,154     (222,878       

Proceeds from sales of assets

     13,620       45,642       37,965  

Other

            (519     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,633     (283,995     (88,844
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Borrowings on notes payable

     360,893       1,394,782       1,628,764  

Repayments on notes payable

     (348,924     (1,411,295     (1,624,139

Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

     280,629       207,290       183,451  

Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

     (203,696     (217,290     (326,068

Borrowings on Revolving Loan Facility

     2,890,000       2,228,500       2,034,026  

Repayments on Revolving Loan Facility

     (2,875,500     (2,280,000     (1,982,526

Repurchase of Floating Rate Senior Notes

     (197,458            (2,788

Incurrence of debt under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

                   750,000  

Repayments of debt under 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

            (750,000       

Issuance of 6.375% Senior Notes

            1,000,000         

Issuance of 8% Senior Notes

                   500,000  

Repayments of debt under 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility

                   (1,440,250

Payments to amend and refinance credit facilities

     (3,757     (23,833     (74,976

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     17,104       5,938       1,179  

Transactions with Sara Lee Corporation

     (11,403              

Other

     2,593       1,593       (847
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (89,519     155,685       (354,174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash

     (1,131     (16     115  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (8,326     4,728       (28,399

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     43,671       38,943       67,342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 35,345     $ 43,671     $ 38,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(1) Background

Hanesbrands Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), is a consumer goods company with a portfolio of leading apparel brands, including Hanes, Champion, Playtex, Bali, L’eggs, Just My Size, barely there, Wonderbra, Stedman, Outer Banks, Zorba, Rinbros, Duofold and Gear for Sports. The Company designs, manufactures, sources and sells a broad range of basic apparel such as T-shirts, bras, panties, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear, casualwear, activewear, socks and hosiery.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. All references to “2011”, “2010” and “2009” relate to the 52 week fiscal years ended on December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, certain financial statement disclosures at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may vary from these estimates.

(c) Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates existing at the respective balance sheet dates. Translation adjustments resulting from fluctuations in exchange rates are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity. The Company translates the results of operations of its foreign operations at the average exchange rates during the respective periods. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(d) Sales Recognition and Incentives

The Company recognizes revenue when (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (iii) title and the risks of ownership have been transferred to the customer and (iv) collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, which occurs primarily upon shipment. The Company records a sales reduction for returns and allowances based upon historical return experience. The Company earns royalty revenues through license agreements with manufacturers of other consumer products that incorporate certain of the Company’s brands. The Company accrues revenue earned under these contracts based upon reported sales from the licensee. The Company offers a variety of sales incentives to resellers and consumers of its products, and the policies regarding the recognition and display of these incentives within the Consolidated Statements of Income are as follows:

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Discounts, Coupons, and Rebates

The Company recognizes the cost of these incentives at the later of the date at which the related sale is recognized or the date at which the incentive is offered. The cost of these incentives is estimated using a number of factors, including historical utilization and redemption rates. All cash incentives of this type are included in the determination of net sales. The Company includes incentives offered in the form of free products in the determination of cost of sales.

Volume-Based Incentives

These incentives typically involve rebates or refunds of cash that are redeemable only if the reseller completes a specified number of sales transactions. Under these incentive programs, the Company estimates the anticipated rebate to be paid and allocates a portion of the estimated cost of the rebate to each underlying sales transaction with the customer. The Company includes these amounts in the determination of net sales.

Cooperative Advertising

Under these arrangements, the Company agrees to reimburse the reseller for a portion of the costs incurred by the reseller to advertise and promote certain of the Company’s products. The Company recognizes the cost of cooperative advertising programs in the period in which the advertising and promotional activity first takes place.

Fixtures and Racks

Store fixtures and racks are periodically used by resellers to display Company products. The Company expenses the cost of these fixtures and racks in the period in which they are delivered to the resellers. The Company includes the costs of fixtures and racks incurred by resellers and charged back to the Company in the determination of net sales. Fixtures and racks purchased by the Company and provided to resellers are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(e) Advertising Expense

Advertising costs, which include the development and production of advertising materials and the communication of these materials through various forms of media, are expensed in the period the advertising first takes place. The Company recognized advertising expense in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” caption in the Consolidated Statements of Income of $184,225, $185,488 and $166,467 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(f) Shipping and Handling Costs

Revenue received for shipping and handling costs is included in net sales and was $19,868, $22,054 and $22,434 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Shipping costs, that comprise payments to third party shippers, and handling costs, which consist of warehousing costs in the Company’s various distribution facilities, were $256,198, $250,029 and $222,169 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recognizes shipping, handling and distribution costs in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(g) Catalog Expenses

The Company incurs expenses for printing catalogs for products to aid in the Company’s sales efforts. The Company initially records these expenses as a prepaid item and charges it against selling, general and administrative expenses over time as the catalog is used. Expenses are recognized at a rate that approximates historical experience with regard to the timing and amount of sales attributable to a catalog distribution.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(h) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and are included in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. Research and development expense was $47,056, $47,082 and $46,305 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

(j) Accounts Receivable Valuation

Accounts receivable are stated at their net realizable value. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, aging of trade receivables, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available information.

(k) Inventory Valuation

Inventories are stated at the estimated lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out, or “FIFO,” method for inventories. Obsolete, damaged, and excess inventory is carried at the net realizable value, which is determined by assessing historical recovery rates, current market conditions and future marketing and sales plans. Rebates, discounts and other cash consideration received from a vendor related to inventory purchases are reflected as reductions in the cost of the related inventory item, and are therefore reflected in cost of sales when the related inventory item is sold.

(l) Property

Property is stated at historical cost and depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from three to 15 years and buildings and building improvements over periods of up to 40 years. A change in the depreciable life is treated as a change in accounting estimate and the accelerated depreciation is accounted for in the period of change and future periods. Additions and improvements that substantially extend the useful life of a particular asset and interest costs incurred during the construction period of major properties are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or disposition of an asset, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts.

Property is tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events include significant adverse changes in the business climate, several periods of operating or cash flow losses, forecasted continuing losses or a current expectation that an asset or an asset group will be disposed of before the end of its useful life. Recoverability of property is evaluated by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If these comparisons indicate that an asset is not recoverable, the impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value. When an impairment loss is recognized for assets to be held and used, the adjusted carrying amount of those assets is depreciated over its remaining useful life. Restoration of a previously recognized impairment loss is not permitted under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

(m) Trademarks and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

The primary identifiable intangible assets of the Company are trademarks, license agreements, customer and distributor relationships and computer software all of which have finite lives that are subject to amortization. The estimated useful life of a finite-lived intangible asset is based upon a number of factors, including the effects of

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

demand, competition, expected changes in distribution channels and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain future cash flows. Finite-lived trademarks are being amortized over periods ranging from six to 30 years, license agreements are being amortized over periods ranging from six to 15 years, customer and distributor relationships are being amortized over periods ranging from three to 10 years and computer software is being amortized over periods ranging from three to seven years. Identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment using a process similar to that used in evaluating elements of property.

The Company capitalizes internal software development costs, which include the actual costs to purchase software from vendors and generally include personnel and related costs for employees who were directly associated with the enhancement and implementation of purchased computer software. Additions to computer software are included in purchases of property, plant and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

(n) Goodwill

Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. When a business combination is completed, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are assigned to the reporting unit or units of the Company given responsibility for managing, controlling and generating returns on these assets and liabilities. In many instances, all of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities are assigned to a single reporting unit and in these cases all of the goodwill is assigned to the same reporting unit. In those situations in which the acquired assets and liabilities are allocated to more than one reporting unit, the goodwill to be assigned to each reporting unit is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined.

Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events occur. The Company’s annual measurement date is the first day of the third fiscal quarter. The first step involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves comparing the implied fair value to the carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to such excess.

In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, it is necessary to estimate the fair values of the reporting units. In making this assessment, management relies on a number of factors to discount anticipated future cash flows including operating results, business plans and present value techniques. Rates used to discount cash flows are dependent upon interest rates and the cost of capital at a point in time. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment.

(o) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established the Hanesbrands Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, (the “Hanesbrands OIP”) to award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance shares and cash to its employees, non-employee directors and employees of its subsidiaries to promote the interests of the Company and incent performance and retention of employees. The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards.

(p) Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Given continuing losses in certain jurisdictions in which the Company operates on a separate return basis, a valuation allowance has been established for the deferred tax assets in these specific locations. The Company periodically estimates the probable tax obligations using historical experience in tax jurisdictions and informed judgment. There are inherent uncertainties related to the interpretation of tax regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company transacts

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

business. The judgments and estimates made at a point in time may change based on the outcome of tax audits, as well as changes to, or further interpretations of, regulations. Income tax expense is adjusted in the period in which these events occur, and these adjustments are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. If such changes take place, there is a risk that the Company’s effective tax rate may increase or decrease in any period. A company must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

(q) Financial Instruments

The Company uses financial instruments, including forward exchange, option and swap contracts, to manage its exposures to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. The use of these financial instruments modifies the exposure to these risks with the intent to reduce the risk or cost to the Company. The Company does not use derivatives for trading purposes and is not a party to leveraged derivative contracts.

The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identifying the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivatives that are designated as hedges of specific assets, liabilities, firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, or if the anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting, and any deferred gains or losses are recorded in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Derivatives are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value in other assets and other liabilities. The fair value is based upon either market quotes for actively traded instruments or independent bids for nonexchange traded instruments.

On the date the derivative is entered into, the Company designates the type of derivative as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, net investment hedge or a mark to market hedge, and accounts for the derivative in accordance with its designation.

Mark to Market Hedge

A derivative used as a hedging instrument whose change in fair value is recognized to act as an economic hedge against changes in the values of the hedged item is designated a mark to market hedge. For derivatives designated as mark to market hedges, changes in fair value are reported in earnings in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. Forward exchange contracts are recorded as mark to market hedges when the hedged item is a recorded asset or liability that is revalued in each accounting period.

Cash Flow Hedge

A hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability is designated as a cash flow hedge. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge is recorded in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” line of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the hedged item affects the income statement, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is reported on the same line in the Consolidated Statements of Income as the hedged item. In addition, both the fair value of changes excluded from the Company’s effectiveness assessments and the ineffective portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives used as cash flow hedges are reported in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(r) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Disclosures

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued new accounting rules related to the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The new accounting rules require new disclosures regarding significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the activity within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The new accounting rules also clarify existing disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation of assets or liabilities and the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value. The new accounting rules were effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures were effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of these new rules did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows but resulted in certain additional disclosures reflected in Note 14.

Fair Value Measurements

In May 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to fair value measurements. The new accounting rules clarify some existing concepts, eliminate wording differences between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and in some limited cases, change some principles to achieve convergence between GAAP and IFRS. The new accounting rules result in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between GAAP and IFRS. The new accounting rules also expand the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. The new accounting rules will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules that require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. The new accounting rules eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The new accounting rules will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules which deferred certain provisions of the rules issued in June 2011 that required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented. Accordingly, this requirement is indefinitely deferred.

Goodwill Impairment Testing

In September 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to testing goodwill for impairment. The new accounting rules permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test prescribed under current accounting rules. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The new accounting rules will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued new accounting rules related to new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new rules are effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2015 with retrospective application required. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting rules to have a material effect on Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

(3) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net income by the number of weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS was calculated to give effect to all potentially dilutive shares of common stock using the treasury stock method. The reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     97,710        96,500        95,158  

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

        

Stock options

     1,163        783          

Restricted stock units

     376        489        510  

Employee stock purchase plan and other

     2        2          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     99,251        97,774        95,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options to purchase 6, 827, and 6,273 shares of common stock and 1, 250, and 234 restricted stock units were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(4) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established the Hanesbrands OIP to award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance shares and cash to its employees, non-employee directors and employees of its subsidiaries to promote the interests of the Company and incent performance and retention of employees.

Stock Options

The exercise price of each stock option equals the closing market price of Hanesbrands’ stock on the date of grant. Options granted vest ratably over three years and can be exercised over a term of 10 years. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. There were no options granted during 2011. The following table illustrates the assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model used in determining the fair value of options granted during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Years Ended  
     January 1,     January 2,  
     2011     2010  

Dividend yield

        

Risk-free interest rate

     1.64-1.90     2.49

Volatility

     50-54     48

Expected term (years)

     5.3-6.0        6.0  

The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current intent not to pay dividends. The Company uses a combination of the volatility of the Company and the volatility of peer companies for a period of time that is comparable to the expected life of the option to determine volatility assumptions due to the limited trading history of the Company’s common stock. The Company utilizes the simplified method outlined in SEC accounting rules to estimate expected lives for options granted. The simplified method is used for valuing stock option grants by eligible public companies that do not have sufficient historical exercise patterns on options granted to employees.

A summary of the changes in stock options outstanding to the Company’s employees under the Hanesbrands OIP is presented below:

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
          
          
          
          
          

Options outstanding at January 3, 2009

     6,029     $ 21.86      $         5.99  

Granted

     466       24.33        

Exercised

     (66     17.71        

Forfeited

     (142     21.32        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at January 2, 2010

     6,287     $ 22.10      $ 15,770        7.77  

Granted

     221       27.16        

Exercised

     (289     20.51        

Forfeited

     (1     22.37        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2011

     6,218     $ 22.35      $ 19,914        6.90  

Exercised

     (772     22.17        

Forfeited

     (132     20.50        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,314     $ 22.42      $ 7,202        5.90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2011

     5,052     $ 22.25      $ 7,202        5.77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were 3,696, 2,133 and 2,981 options that vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5,756, $1,923 and $465, respectively. The weighted average fair value of individual options granted during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0, $13.32 and $11.80, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $17,104, $5,938 and $1,179, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercise of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $5,756, $1,705 and $465 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Stock Unit Awards

Restricted stock units (RSUs) of Hanesbrands’ stock are granted to certain Company non-employee directors and employees to incent performance and retention over periods of one to three years, respectively. Upon vesting, the RSUs are converted into shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis and issued to the grantees. Some RSUs which have been granted under the Hanesbrands OIP vest upon continued future service to the Company, while others also have a performance based vesting feature. The cost of these awards is determined using the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the period during which the grantees provide the requisite service to the Company. A summary of the changes in the restricted stock unit awards outstanding under the Hanesbrands OIP is presented below:

 

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
          
          
          
          
          

Nonvested share units outstanding at January 3, 2009

     2,402     $ 20.19      $ 31,652        1.89  

Granted—non-performanced based

     408       24.29        

Vested

     (1,193     20.84        

Forfeited

     (91     19.57        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share units outstanding at January 2, 2010

     1,526     $ 20.82      $ 36,796        1.76  

Granted—non-performanced based

     391       27.02        

Granted—performanced based

     143       27.16        

Vested

     (721     21.28        

Forfeited

     (9     19.21        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share units outstanding at January 1, 2011

     1,330     $ 23.08      $ 33,794        1.73  

Granted—non-performanced based

     497       24.47        

Granted—performanced based

     256       24.36        

Vested

     (741     21.06        

Forfeited

     (117     22.82        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share units outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,225     $ 25.16      $ 26,782        2.37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total fair value of shares vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $15,605, $15,346 and $24,871, respectively. Certain participants elected to defer receipt of shares earned upon vesting. As of December 31, 2011, a total of 243 shares of common stock are issuable in future years for such deferrals.

For all share-based payments under the Hanesbrands OIP, during 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized total compensation expense of $15,822, $19,226 and $37,391 and recognized a deferred tax benefit of $6,164, $7,435 and $14,464, respectively. During 2009, the Company incurred $1,814 related to amending the terms of all outstanding stock options granted under the Hanesbrands OIP that had an original term of five or seven years to the tenth anniversary of the original grant date.

In 2011 and 2010, in addition to granting RSUs that vest solely upon continued future service to the Company, the Company also granted 256 and 143 performance-based restricted stock units, respectively, with a performance feature that has a target range of 0% to 200% based upon meeting certain performance thresholds. These performance stock awards, which are included in the table above, represent unearned awards that are earned based on future performance and service.

At December 31, 2011, there was $12,191 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements, of which $7,435, $3,495 and $1,261 is expected to be recognized in 2012, 2013

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

and 2014, respectively. The Company satisfies the requirement for common shares for share-based payments to employees pursuant to the Hanesbrands OIP by issuing newly authorized shares. The Hanesbrands OIP authorized 13,105 shares for awards of stock options and restricted stock units, of which 1,687 were available for future grants as of December 31, 2011.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company established the Hanesbrands Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2006 (the “ESPP”), which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. An aggregate of up to 2,442 shares of Hanesbrands common stock may be purchased by eligible employees pursuant to the ESPP. The purchase price for shares under the ESPP is equal to 85% of the stock’s fair market value on the purchase date. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, 82, 79 and 156 shares, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP by eligible employees. The Company had 1,918 shares of common stock available for issuance under the ESPP as of December 31, 2011. The Company recognized $351, $308 and $306 of stock compensation expense under the ESPP during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(5) Trade Accounts Receivable

Allowances for Trade Accounts Receivable

The changes in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts and allowance for chargebacks and other deductions are as follows:

 

     Allowance  for
Doubtful
Accounts
    Allowance  for
Chargebacks
and Other
Deductions
    Total  
      
      
      
      

Balance at January 3, 2009

   $ 12,555     $ 9,342     $ 21,897  

Charged to expenses

     3,647       5,724       9,371  

Deductions and write-offs

     (700     (4,792     (5,492
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 2, 2010

     15,502       10,274       25,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charged to expenses

     (1,116     3,715       2,599  

Deductions and write-offs

     (3,270     (5,913     (9,183
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

     11,116       8,076       19,192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charged to expenses

     (1,142     6,393       5,251  

Deductions and write-offs

     (1,250     (5,775     (7,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 8,724     $ 8,694     $ 17,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charges to the allowance for doubtful accounts are reflected in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line and charges to the allowance for customer chargebacks and other customer deductions are primarily reflected as a reduction in the “Net sales” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deductions and write-offs, which do not increase or decrease income, represent write-offs of previously reserved accounts receivable and allowed customer chargebacks and deductions against gross accounts receivable.

Sales of Accounts Receivable

The Company has entered into agreements to sell selected trade accounts receivable to financial institutions. After the sale, the Company does not retain any interests in the receivables and the applicable financial institution services and collects these accounts receivable directly from the customer. Net proceeds of these accounts receivable sale programs are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as part of operating cash flows. The Company recognized funding fees of $3,080, $3,464 and $163 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for sales of accounts receivable to financial institutions in the “Other expenses” line in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(6) Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      January 1,  
     2011      2011  

Raw materials

   $ 231,781      $ 155,744  

Work in process

     129,827        109,304  

Finished goods

     1,245,947        1,057,671  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,607,555      $ 1,322,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(7) Property, Net

Property is summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,      January 1,  
     2011      2011  

Land

   $ 25,378      $ 26,122  

Buildings and improvements

     470,555        467,378  

Machinery and equipment

     880,139        868,995  

Construction in progress

     31,076        31,904  

Capital leases

     4,499        6,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,411,647        1,401,387  

Less accumulated depreciation

     776,241        770,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, net

   $ 635,406      $ 631,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(8) Notes Payable

The Company had the following short-term revolving facilities at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011:

 

     Interest Rate as of
December 31, 2011
              
     Principal Amount  
     December 31,      January 1,  
     2011      2011  

China

     8.14   $ 32,885      $ 12,941  

El Salvador

     3.00     25,000        29,700  

India

     12.04     3,911        1,846  

Germany

     3.87     1,074          

Philippines

     7.11     205          

Vietnam

               3,371  

Japan

               2,459  

Brazil

               361  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 63,075      $ 50,678  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the Company had total borrowing availability of $65,675 and $34,669, respectively, under the international loan facilities. Total interest paid on notes payable was $2,372, $2,267 and $3,974 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in each of the facilities at December 31, 2011.

(9) Debt

The Company had the following debt at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011:

 

     Interest Rate as of
December 31, 2011
                  Maturity Date
     Principal Amount     
     December  31,
2011
     January  1,
2011
    
          

2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility:

          

Revolving Loan Facility

     5.50     14,500              December 2015

6.375% Senior Notes

     6.38     1,000,000        1,000,000      December 2020

8% Senior Notes

     8.00     500,000        500,000      December 2016

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     4.15     293,277        490,735      December 2014

Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

     1.44     166,933        90,000      March 2012
    

 

 

    

 

 

    
       1,974,710        2,080,735     

Less current maturities

       166,933        90,000     
    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     $ 1,807,777      $ 1,990,735     
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The Company’s primary financing arrangements are the senior secured credit facility that it entered into in 2006 (the “2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility”) and amended and restated in December 2009 to provide for a new senior secured credit facility (the “2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility”) and further amended in February 2011, $500,000 in aggregate principle amount of floating rate senior notes (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes”) issued in December 2006, $500,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8.000% senior notes (the “8% Senior Notes”) issued in December 2009, $1,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior notes (the “6.375% Senior Notes”) issued in November 2010 and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. The outstanding balances at December 31, 2011 are reported in the “Long-term debt” and “Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility” lines of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Total cash paid for interest related to debt in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $140,083, $116,492 and $161,854, respectively.

2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility initially provided for aggregate borrowings of $1,150,000, consisting of a $750,000 term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $400,000 revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan Facility”). The proceeds of the Term Loan Facility were used to refinance all amounts outstanding under the Term A loan facility (in an initial principal amount of $250,000) and Term B loan facility (in an initial principal amount of $1,400,000) under the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and to repay all amounts outstanding under the second lien credit facility that the Company entered into in 2006 (the “Second Lien Credit Facility”). Proceeds of the Revolving Loan Facility were used to pay fees and expenses in connection with these transactions, and are used for general corporate purposes and working capital needs.

A portion of the Revolving Loan Facility is available for the issuances of letters of credit and the making of swingline loans, and any such issuance of letters of credit or making of a swingline loan will reduce the amount available under the Revolving Loan Facility. At the Company’s option, it may add one or more term loan facilities

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

or increase the commitments under the Revolving Loan Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $300,000 so long as certain conditions are satisfied, including, among others, that no default or event of default is in existence and that the Company is in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants described below. In order to support its working capital needs and fund the acquisition of Gear Co, Inc., known as Gear for Sports, in September 2010, the Company increased the commitments under the Revolving Loan Facility from $400,000 to $600,000. In November 2010, the Company used proceeds from the issuance of the 6.375% Senior Notes to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and to reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $14,500 outstanding under the Revolving Loan Facility, $14,264 of standby and trade letters of credit issued and outstanding under this facility and $571,236 of borrowing availability. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate on the Revolving Loan Facility was 5.50%.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility is guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries, with certain customary or agreed-upon exceptions for certain subsidiaries. The Company and each of the guarantors under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility have granted the lenders under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility a valid and perfected first priority (subject to certain customary exceptions) lien and security interest in the following:

 

   

the equity interests of substantially all of the Company’s direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries and 65% of the voting securities of certain first tier foreign subsidiaries; and

 

   

substantially all present and future property and assets, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of the Company and each guarantor, except for certain enumerated interests, and all proceeds and products of such property and assets.

The Revolving Loan Facility matures on December 10, 2015. All borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility must be repaid in full upon maturity. Outstanding borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility are prepayable without penalty.

At the Company’s option, borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility may be maintained from time to time as (a) Base Rate loans, which shall bear interest at the highest of (i) 1/2 of 1% in excess of the federal funds rate, (ii) the rate publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its “prime rate” at its principal office in New York City, in effect from time to time and (iii) the LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and adjusted for maximum reserves) for LIBOR-based loans with a one-month interest period plus 1.0%, in effect from time to time, in each case plus the applicable margin, or (b) LIBOR-based loans, which shall bear interest at the higher of (i) LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and adjusted for maximum reserves), as determined by reference to the rate for deposits in dollars appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page for the respective interest period or other commercially available source designated by the administrative agent, and (ii) 2.00%, plus the applicable margin in effect from time to time. The applicable margin is determined by reference to a leverage-based pricing grid set forth in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility. The applicable margin ranges from a maximum of 4.75% in the case of LIBOR-based loans and 3.75% in the case of Base Rate loans if the Company’s leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1, and will step down in 0.25% increments to a minimum of 4.00% in the case of LIBOR-based loans and 3.00% in the case of Base Rate loans if the Company’s leverage ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants. The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility requires that the Company maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total debt to EBITDA (earnings before income taxes, depreciation expense and amortization, as computed pursuant to the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility), or leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio covenant requires that the ratio of the Company’s EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters to its consolidated total interest expense for such period shall not be less than a specified ratio for each fiscal quarter beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. This ratio was 2.50 to 1 for the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 and increases over time until it reaches 3.25 to 1 for the third fiscal quarter of 2011 and thereafter. The leverage ratio

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

covenant requires that the ratio of the Company’s total debt to EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters will not be more than a specified ratio for each fiscal quarter beginning with the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. This ratio was 4.50 to 1 for the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 and declines over time until it reaches 3.75 to 1 for the second fiscal quarter of 2011 and thereafter. The method of calculating all of the components used in the covenants is included in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility.

In February 2011, the Company amended the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, which includes the Revolving Loan Facility, to reflect improved debt ratings. This amendment reduced the interest rate, extended the maturity date by two years to December 10, 2015, and increased the flexibility of debt covenants and the use of excess cash flow. In addition, the commitment fee for the unused portion of revolving loan commitments was reduced from 75 basis points to 50 basis points. Further, the applicable margin pricing grid for the loans, which varies based on the Company’s Leverage Ratio (as defined below), was reduced by 125 basis points at each applicable Leverage Ratio level.

Pursuant to this amendment, the ratio of total debt to EBITDA (the “Leverage Ratio”) that the Company may not exceed was increased from 4.00 to 1 for each fiscal quarter ending between October 16, 2010 and April 15, 2011 to 4.50 to 1, and will decline over time to 3.75 to 1. Also, the minimum ratio of EBITDA to consolidated total interest expense that the Company is required to maintain was decreased from 3.25 to 1 for each fiscal quarter ending between July 16, 2011 and October 15, 2012 to 3.00 to 1 and will increase over time to 3.25 to 1. In addition, the Company will be required to maintain a maximum ratio of senior secured indebtedness to EBITDA, which for each fiscal quarter ending between October 16, 2010 and October 15, 2012 cannot exceed 2.50 to 1 and will decline over time to 2.00 to 1. The methods of calculating all of the components used in these ratios are included in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility. This amendment also significantly increased the flexibility of the indebtedness, investment and restricted payments baskets and use of excess cash flow under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts after stated grace period; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; violations of covenants; certain bankruptcies and liquidations; any cross-default to material indebtedness; certain material judgments; certain events related to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee, security document or subordination provision or non-perfection of security interest, and a change in control (as defined in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility). As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

6.375% Senior Notes

On November 9, 2010, the Company issued $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes. The 6.375% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The 6.375% Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate equal to 6.375%. Interest is payable on the 6.375% Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 6.375% Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2020. The net proceeds from the sale of the 6.375% Senior Notes were approximately $979,000. As noted above, these proceeds were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Loan Facility and to pay fees and expenses relating to these transactions. The 6.375% Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

The Company may redeem some or all of the notes prior to December 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes redeemed plus an applicable premium. The Company may redeem some or all of the 6.375% Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes plus a premium of 3.188% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2015, 2.125% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2016, 1.062% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2017 and no

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

premium if redeemed after December 15, 2018, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date. In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 106.375% of the principal amount of the 6.375% Senior Notes redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 6.375% Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

8% Senior Notes

On December 10, 2009, the Company issued $500,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes. The 8% Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The 8% Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate equal to 8%. Interest is payable on the 8% Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 8% Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2016. The net proceeds from the sale of the 8% Senior Notes were approximately $480,000. As noted above, these proceeds, together with the proceeds from borrowings under the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, were used to refinance borrowings under outstanding debt balances under other loan facilities and to pay fees and expenses relating to these transactions. The 8% Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

The Company may redeem some or all of the notes prior to December 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 8% Senior Notes redeemed plus an applicable premium. The Company may redeem some or all of the 8% Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes plus a premium of 4% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2013, 2% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2014 and no premium if redeemed after December 15, 2015, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date. In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2012, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 108% of the principal amount of the 8% Senior Notes redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

The indenture governing the 8% Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

Floating Rate Senior Notes

On December 14, 2006, the Company issued $500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness. The Floating Rate Senior Notes bear interest at an annual rate, reset semi-annually, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 3.375%. Interest is payable on the Floating Rate Senior Notes on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Senior Notes will mature on December 15, 2014. The net proceeds from the sale of the Floating Rate Senior Notes were approximately $492,000. These proceeds, together with working capital, were used to repay an outstanding debt balance under another loan facility. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

The Company may redeem some or all of the Floating Rate Senior Notes at any time on or after December 15, 2008 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes plus a premium of 2% if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15, 2008, 1% if redeemed during the 12-month

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

period commencing on December 15, 2009 and no premium if redeemed after December 15, 2010, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest as of the redemption date.

The indenture governing the Floating Rate Senior Notes contains customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among others, nonpayment of principal or interest; breach of other agreements in such indenture; failure to pay certain other indebtedness; failure to pay certain final judgments; failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

On December 28, 2011, the Company repurchased $197,458 of the Floating Rate Senior Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Company repurchased $2,945 of the Floating Rate Senior Notes for $2,788 resulting in a gain of $157 in 2009.

Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility provides for up to $225,000 in funding accounted for as a secured borrowing, limited to the availability of eligible receivables, and is secured by certain domestic trade receivables. Under the terms of the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries sell, on a revolving basis, certain domestic trade receivables to HBI Receivables LLC (“Receivables LLC”), a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiary that in turn uses the trade receivables to secure the borrowings, which are funded through conduits that issue commercial paper in the short-term market and are not affiliated with the Company or through committed bank purchasers if the conduits fail to fund. The assets and liabilities of Receivables LLC are fully reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the securitization is treated as a secured borrowing for accounting purposes. The borrowings under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility remain outstanding throughout the term of the agreement subject to the Company maintaining sufficient eligible receivables, by continuing to sell trade receivables to Receivables LLC, unless an event of default occurs. The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility will terminate on March 16, 2012; however, the Company plans to extend the term.

Availability of funding under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility depends primarily upon the eligible outstanding receivables balance. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $166,933 outstanding under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. The outstanding balance under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in the line “Accounts receivable securitization facility.” Unless the conduits fail to fund, the yield on the commercial paper, which is the conduits’ cost to issue the commercial paper plus certain dealer fees, is considered a financing cost and is included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income. If the conduits fail to fund, the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility would be funded through committed bank purchasers, and the interest rate payable at the Company’s option at the rate announced from time to time by HSBC Bank USA, N.A. as its prime rate or at the LIBO Rate (as defined in the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility) plus the applicable margin in effect from time to time. In addition, Receivables LLC is required to make certain payments to a conduit purchaser, a committed purchaser, or certain entities that provide funding to or are affiliated with them, in the event that assets and liabilities of a conduit purchaser are consolidated for financial and/or regulatory accounting purposes with certain other entities. The average blended interest rate for the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2011 was 1.44%.

The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility contains customary events of default and requires the Company to maintain the same interest coverage ratio and leverage ratio contained from time to time in the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility, provided that any changes to such covenants will only be applicable for purposes of the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility if approved by the Managing Agents or their affiliates. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

The total amount of receivables used as collateral for the credit facility was $293,972 at December 31, 2011 and is reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in trade accounts receivable less allowances.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Future Principal Payments

Future principal payments for all of the facilities described above are as follows: $166,933 due in 2012, $0 due in 2013, $293,277 due in 2014, $14,500 due in 2015, $500,000 due in 2016 and $1,000,000 thereafter.

Debt Issuance Costs

In 2011, the Company incurred $3,757 in capitalized debt issuance costs in connection with the amendments to the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. The Company incurred $23,833 in capitalized debt issuance costs in connection with increasing the borrowing availability under the Revolving Loan Facility and issuing the 6.375% Senior Notes in 2010. In 2009, the Company incurred $54,342 in capitalized debt issuance costs in connection with entering into the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the amendments to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the respective lives of the debt instruments, which range from one to ten years. As of December 31, 2011, the net carrying value of unamortized debt issuance costs was $52,703 which is included in “Other Noncurrent Assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s debt issuance cost amortization was $10,367, $12,739 and $10,967 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company recognized $983 of a write-off on early extinguishment of debt in 2011 related to the prepayment of $197,458 on the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

In 2010, the Company recognized charges of $14,186 in the “Other expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income, which represents certain costs related to the issuance of the 6.375% Senior Notes. The Company recognized $1,654 of a write-off on early extinguishment of debt in 2010 related to the prepayment of $57,188 on the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and $686 of write-off on early extinguishment of debt on the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility as a result of the reduction in borrowing capacity. The Company also recognized $231 in additional charges in 2010 related to the amendments of credit facilities in 2009.

In 2009, the Company recognized charges of $20,634 in the “Other expenses” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income, which represents certain costs related to entering into the 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the amendments to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility. The Company recognized $2,423 of losses on early extinguishment of debt in 2009 related to the prepayment of $140,250 on the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility.

(10) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
     Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
    Net Unrealized
Income (Loss)
on Cash Flow
Hedges
    Pension
and
Postretirement
    Income
Taxes
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at January 2, 2010

   $ (1,267   $ (35,176   $ (332,686   $ 146,134     $ (222,995

Other comprehensive income (loss) activity

     3,661       16,962       (6,678     (4,165     9,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

     2,394       (18,214     (339,364     141,969       (213,215

Other comprehensive income (loss) activity

     (9,890     18,796       (201,024     72,082       (120,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ (7,496   $ 582     $ (540,388   $ 214,051     $ (333,251
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(11) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a party to various pending legal proceedings, claims and environmental actions by government agencies. In accordance with the accounting rules for contingencies, the Company records a provision with respect to a claim, suit, investigation, or proceeding when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can reasonably be estimated. Any provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and are adjusted to reflect the impact and status of settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information pertinent to the particular matter. The recorded liabilities for these items were not material to the consolidated financial statements of the Company in any of the years presented. Although the outcome of such items cannot be determined with certainty, the Company’s legal counsel and management are of the opinion that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Operating Leases

The Company leases certain buildings and equipment under agreements that are classified as operating leases. Rental expense under operating leases was $72,894, $65,575 and $63,759 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) are as follows: $55,715 in 2012, $43,825 in 2013, $36,082 in 2014, $32,705 in 2015, $29,134 in 2016 and $74,830 thereafter.

During 2011, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving a distribution center. The facility is being leased back over 12 years and is classified as an operating lease. The Company received net proceeds on the sale of $12,031, resulting in a deferred gain of $7,879 which will be amortized over the lease term.

During 2010, the Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions involving four distribution facilities. The facilities are being leased back over terms ranging from three years to 12 years and are classified as operating leases. The Company received net proceeds on the sales of $41,282, resulting in deferred gains of $15,441 which will be amortized over the lease terms.

During 2009, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving a manufacturing facility. The facility was leased back over 22 months and is classified as an operating lease. The Company received net proceeds on the sale of $2,517, resulting in a deferred gain of $348 which was amortized over the lease term.

License Agreements

The Company is party to several royalty-bearing license agreements for use of third party trademarks in certain of their products. The license agreements typically require a minimum guarantee to be paid either at the commencement of the agreement, by a designated date during the term of the agreement or by the end of the agreement period. When payments are made in advance of when they are due, the Company records a prepayment and amortizes the expense in the “Cost of sales” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income uniformly over the guaranteed period. For guarantees required to be paid at the completion of the agreement, royalties are expensed through “Cost of sales” as the related sales are made. Management has reviewed all license agreements and has concluded that there are no liabilities recorded at inception of the agreements.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred royalty expense of approximately $34,108, $12,772 and $11,105, respectively.

Minimum amounts due under the license agreements are approximately $12,518 in 2012, $16,981 in 2013, $9,427 in 2014, $9,734 in 2015 and $9,969 in 2016. In addition to the minimum guaranteed amounts under license agreements, the Company is a party to a partnership agreement which includes a minimum fee of $5,862 for each year from 2012 through 2017.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(12) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

During 2011, the Company completed the business acquisition of the assets of the TNF Group Unit Trust from TNF Group Pty Ltd, as trustee, and of Player Sportswear Unit Trust from Player Sportswear Pty Ltd, as trustee. The acquisition resulted in the recognition of $3,335 of goodwill and $1,820 of intangible assets, which consisted primarily of trademarks and customer relationships.

During 2010, the Company completed the business acquisition of Gear for Sports. The acquisition resulted in the recognition of $108,142 of goodwill and $52,700 of intangible assets, which consisted primarily of college and pro sports license agreements and customer and distributor relationships.

None of the preceding business acquisitions were determined by the Company to be material, individually or in the aggregate. As a result, the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC805, “Business Combinations,” are not presented.

 

(a) Intangible Assets

The primary components of the Company’s intangible assets and the related accumulated amortization are as follows:

 

     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book
Value
 

Year ended December 31, 2011:

        

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

        

Trademarks and brand names

   $ 198,405      $ 91,421      $ 106,984  

Licensing agreements

     47,600        4,094        43,506  

Customer and distributor relationships

     3,327        695        2,632  

Computer software

     58,730        43,907        14,823  

Other intangibles

     1,921        191        1,730  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 309,983      $ 140,308     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net book value of intangible assets

         $ 169,675  
        

 

 

 
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book
Value
 

Year ended January 1, 2011:

        

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

        

Trademarks and brand names

   $ 195,538      $ 85,175      $ 110,363  

Licensing agreements

     47,600        585        47,015  

Customer and distributor relationships

     3,200        96        3,104  

Computer software

     58,494        42,230        16,264  

Other intangibles

     1,900        24        1,876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 306,732      $ 128,110     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net book value of intangible assets

         $ 178,622  
        

 

 

 

The amortization expense for intangibles subject to amortization was $14,551, $12,509 and $12,443 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for the next five years, assuming no change in the estimated useful lives of identifiable intangible assets or changes in foreign exchange rates is as follows: $14,697 in 2012, $14,038 in 2013, $12,492 in 2014, $9,433 in 2015 and $8,841 in 2016. There was no impairment of trademarks in any of the periods presented.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(b) Goodwill

Goodwill and the changes in those amounts during the period are as follows:

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
     Innerwear      Outerwear     Hosiery      Direct to
Consumer
     International     Total  

Net book value at January 2, 2010

   $ 219,729      $ 63,814     $ 25,173      $ 255      $ 13,031     $ 322,002  

Acquisition of business

             108,142                              108,142  

Other

     603        (603                              
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value at January 1, 2011

   $ 220,332      $ 171,353     $ 25,173      $ 255      $ 13,031     $ 430,144  

Acquisition of business

             33                       3,335       3,368  

Other

                                    (116     (116
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value at December 31, 2011

   $ 220,332      $ 171,386     $ 25,173      $ 255      $ 16,250     $ 433,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

There has been no impairment of goodwill.

(13) Financial Instruments and Risk Management

The Company uses financial instruments to manage its exposures to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. The use of these financial instruments modifies the Company’s exposure to these risks with the goal of reducing the risk or cost to the Company. The Company does not use derivatives for trading purposes and is not a party to leveraged derivative contracts.

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair value is based upon either market quotes for actively traded instruments or independent bids for nonexchange traded instruments. The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identifying the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivatives that are designated as hedges of specific assets, liabilities, firm commitments or forecasted transactions to the hedged risk. On the date the derivative is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, net investment hedge or a mark to market hedge, and accounts for the derivative in accordance with its designation. The Company also formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, or if the anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting, and any deferred gains or losses are recorded in the respective measurement period. The Company currently does not have any fair value or net investment hedge instruments.

The Company may be exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by individual counterparties or the entire group of counterparties to the Company’s derivative contracts. Risk of nonperformance by counterparties is mitigated by dealing with highly rated counterparties and by diversifying across counterparties.

Mark to Market Hedges

A derivative used as a hedging instrument whose change in fair value is recognized to act as an economic hedge against changes in the values of the hedged item is designated a mark to market hedge.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Mark to Market Hedges – Intercompany Foreign Exchange Transactions

The Company uses foreign exchange derivative contracts to reduce the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on anticipated intercompany purchase and lending transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign exchange derivative contracts are recorded as mark to market hedges when the hedged item is a recorded asset or liability that is revalued in each accounting period. Mark to market hedge derivatives relating to intercompany foreign exchange contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow from operating activities. The table below summarizes the U.S. dollar equivalent of commitments to purchase and sell foreign currencies in the Company’s foreign currency mark to market hedge derivative portfolio using the exchange rate at the reporting date as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011.

 

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Foreign currency bought (sold):

    

Canadian dollar

   $ (2,993   $ (8,327

Canadian dollar

     881          

Japanese yen

     (732     (2,167

Australian dollar

     (8,927       

Brazilian real

     (25       

Brazilian real

     4,200          

South African rand

     (406       

Mexican peso

     (29,039     (29,267

Mexican peso

     2,165          

Cash Flow Hedges

A hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability is designated as a cash flow hedge. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge is recorded in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” line of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the impact of the hedged item is recognized in the income statement, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss is reported on the same line in the Consolidated Statements of Income as the hedged item.

Cash Flow Hedges – Interest Rate Derivatives

From time to time, the Company uses interest rate cash flow hedges in the form of swaps and caps in order to mitigate the Company’s exposure to variability in cash flows for the future interest payments on a designated portion of floating rate debt. The effective portion of interest rate hedge gains and losses deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” is reclassified into earnings as the underlying debt interest payments are recognized. Interest rate cash flow hedge derivatives are reported as a component of interest expense and therefore are reported as cash flow from operating activities similar to the manner in which cash interest payments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Cash Flow Hedges – Foreign Currency Derivatives

The Company uses forward exchange and option contracts to reduce the effect of fluctuating foreign currencies on short-term foreign currency-denominated transactions, foreign currency-denominated investments, and other known foreign currency exposures. Gains and losses on these contracts are intended to offset losses and gains on the hedged transaction in an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuating foreign currency exchange

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

rates. The effective portion of foreign exchange hedge gains and losses deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” is reclassified into earnings as the underlying inventory is sold, using historical inventory turnover rates. The settlement of foreign exchange hedge derivative contracts related to the purchase of inventory or other hedged items are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow from operating activities.

Historically, the principal currencies hedged by the Company include the Euro, Mexican peso, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen. Forward exchange contracts mature on the anticipated cash requirement date of the hedged transaction, generally within one year. The table below summarizes the U.S. dollar equivalent of commitments to purchase and sell foreign currencies in the Company’s foreign currency cash flow hedge derivative portfolio using the exchange rate at the reporting date as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011.

 

 

$000,000 $000,000
     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Foreign currency bought (sold):

    

Canadian dollar

   $ (7,687   $ (43,778

Japanese yen

     (12,054     (11,681

European euro

     (26,863     (28,180

Brazilian real

     (5,102       

Mexican peso

     (11,473     (10,147

Cash Flow Hedges – Commodity Derivatives

Cotton is the primary raw material used to manufacture many of the Company’s products and is purchased at market prices. The Company is able to lock in the cost of cotton reflected in the price it pays for yarn from its primary yarn suppliers in an attempt to protect the business from the volatility of the market price of cotton. In addition, from time to time, the Company uses commodity financial instruments to hedge the price of cotton, for which there is a high correlation between the hedged item and the hedge instrument. Gains and losses on these contracts are intended to offset losses and gains on the hedged transactions in an effort to reduce the earnings volatility resulting from fluctuating commodity prices. The effective portion of commodity hedge gains and losses deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” is reclassified into earnings as the underlying inventory is sold, using historical inventory turnover rates. The settlement of commodity hedge derivative contracts related to the purchase of inventory is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as cash flow from operating activities. There were no amounts outstanding under cotton futures or cotton option contracts at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

The fair values of derivative financial instruments recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company were as follows:

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

          Fair Value  
     Balance Sheet Location    December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Derivative assets—hedges

       

Interest rate contracts

   Other noncurrent assets    $      $ 3  

Foreign exchange contracts

   Other current assets      3,205       408  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets—hedges

        3,205       411  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets—non-hedges

       

Foreign exchange contracts

   Other current assets      455         
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

      $ 3,660     $ 411  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities—hedges

       

Foreign exchange contracts

   Accrued liabilities    $ (205   $ (874
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities — hedges

        (205     (874
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities—non-hedges

       

Foreign exchange contracts

   Accrued liabilities      (388     (471
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

      $ (593   $ (1,345
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivative asset (liability)

      $ 3,067     $ (934
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Derivative Gain or Loss

The effect of cash flow hedge derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss is as follows:

 

     Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Accumulated Other  Comprehensive Loss

(Effective Portion)
Year Ended
 
     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
 

Interest rate contracts

   $ (3   $ (516   $ 20,559  

Foreign exchange contracts

     3,151       (2,180     (1,560

Commodity contracts

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,148     $ (2,696   $ 18,999  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into
Income (Effective Portion)
Year Ended
    Location of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss into
Income (Effective Portion)
     December 31,
2011
    January
1, 2011
    January
2, 2010
   

Interest rate contracts

   $ (11,621   $ (17,964   $ (1,820   Interest expense, net

Interest rate contracts

     (2,314            (26,029   Other expenses

Foreign exchange contracts

     (1,713     (1,715     721     Cost of sales

Commodity contracts

                   (95   Cost of sales
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ (15,648   $ (19,679   $ (27,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Company expects to reclassify into earnings during the next 12 months a net loss from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss of approximately $6,236.

As disclosed in Note 9, in connection with the amendment and restatement of the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and repayment of the Second Lien Credit Facility in December 2009, all outstanding interest rate hedging instruments which were hedging these underlying debt instruments along with the interest rate hedge instrument related to the Floating Rate Senior Notes were settled for $62,256. The amounts deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss associated with the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility and Second Lien Credit Facility were released to earnings as the underlying forecasted interest payments were no longer probable of occurring, which resulted in recognition of losses totaling $26,029 that are included in the “Other Expenses” line of the Consolidated Statement of Income. The amounts deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss associated with the Floating Rate Senior Notes interest rate hedge were frozen at the termination date and will be amortized over the original remaining term of the interest rate hedge instrument. In addition, as disclosed in Note 9, the repurchase of $197,458 of the Floating Rate Senior Notes in December 2011 resulted in recognition of losses totaling $2,314 that are included in the “Other Expenses” line of the Consolidated Statement of Income. The unamortized balance in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss was $3,437 as of December 31, 2011.

The changes in fair value of derivatives excluded from the Company’s effectiveness assessments and the ineffective portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives used as cash flow hedges are reported in the “Selling, general and administrative expenses” line in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company recognized gains related to ineffectiveness of hedging relationships in 2011 of $297 related to foreign exchange contracts. The Company recognized gains related to ineffectiveness of hedging relationships in 2010 of $6 related to interest rate contracts. The Company recognized gains related to ineffectiveness of hedging relationships in 2009 of $161, consisting of $152 for interest rate contracts and $9 for foreign exchange contracts.

The effect of mark to market hedge derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income is as follows:

 

            Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income  
     Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income
on Derivative
     Year Ended  
      December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
 

Foreign exchange contracts

    

 

Selling, general and

administrative expenses

  

  

   $ 1,793      $ (2,073   $ 3,846  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,793      $ (2,073   $ 3,846  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(14) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. A three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, is utilized for disclosing the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs about which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of the following three valuation techniques:

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

   

Market approach — prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

 

   

Cost approach — amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost.

 

   

Income approach — techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations, including present value techniques, option-pricing and other models.

The Company primarily applies the market approach for commodity derivatives and for all defined benefit plan investment assets, and the income approach for interest rate and foreign currency derivatives for recurring fair value measurements and attempts to utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The determination of fair values incorporates various factors that include not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements, but also the impact of the Company’s nonperformance risk on its liabilities. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

As of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the Company held certain financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These consisted of the Company’s derivative instruments related to interest rates and foreign exchange rates and defined benefit pension plan investment assets. The fair values of interest rate and foreign exchange rate derivatives are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets and are categorized as Level 2. The fair values of defined benefit pension plan investments include: U.S. equity securities, certain foreign equity securities and debt securities that are determined based on quoted prices in public markets categorized as Level 1, certain foreign equity securities, debt securities and commodity investments that are determined based on inputs readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets categorized as Level 2, and investments in hedge funds of funds and real estate investments that are based on unobservable inputs about which little or no market data exists that are classified as Level 3. There were no changes during 2011 to the Company’s valuation techniques used to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis. The hedge fund of funds and real estate investments have varying redemption terms of monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually, and have required notification periods ranging from 45 to 90 days.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any non-financial assets or liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the Company’s financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of December 31,  2011  
     Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
       

Defined benefit pension plan investment assets:

       

Hedge fund of funds

   $       $      $ 242,594  

U.S. equity securities

     128,592                 

Foreign equity securities

     33,183        52,660         

Debt securities

     6,093        87,303         

Real estate

                    30,729  

Commodities

             12,713         

Cash and other

     6,022                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     173,890        152,676       273,323  

Derivative contracts:

       

Foreign exchange derivative contracts

             3,660         

Foreign exchange derivative contracts

             (593       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
             3,067         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 173,890      $ 155,743     $ 273,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of January 1, 2011  
     Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Defined benefit pension plan investment assets:

       

Hedge fund of funds

   $       $      $ 275,650  

U.S. equity securities

     157,661                 

Foreign equity securities

     36,889        27,423         

Debt securities

     5,433        106,311         

Real estate

                    23,180  

Cash and other

     2,621                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     202,604        133,734       298,830  

Derivative contracts:

       

Interest rate derivative contracts

             3         

Foreign exchange derivative contracts

             408         

Foreign exchange derivative contracts

             (1,345       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (934       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 202,604      $ 132,800     $ 298,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 investment assets in 2011 and 2010.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Hedge fund of
funds
    Real estate  

Balance at January 2, 2010

   $ 255,212     $ 19,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on assets

     20,438       3,190  

Sale of assets

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 275,650     $ 23,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on assets

     3,382       3,949  

Sale of assets

     (36,438       

Purchase of assets

            3,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 242,594     $ 30,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, notes receivable and accounts payable approximated fair value as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011. The fair value of debt was $2,030,240 and $2,060,828 as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 and had a carrying value of $1,974,710 and $2,080,735, respectively. The fair values were estimated using quoted market prices as provided in secondary markets which consider the Company’s credit risk and market related conditions. The carrying amounts of the Company’s notes payable approximated fair value as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, primarily due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

(15) Defined Benefit Pension Plans

At December 31, 2011, the Company’s pension plans consisted of the Hanesbrands Inc. Pension Plan, various nonqualified retirement plans and international plans. Benefits under the Hanesbrands Inc. Pension Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2005.

The components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss of the Company’s noncontributory defined benefit pension plans were as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,     January 1,     January 2,  
     2011     2011     2010  

Service cost

   $ 1,445     $ 1,225     $ 1,198  

Interest cost

     47,833       49,337       50,755  

Expected return on assets

     (47,782     (44,094     (39,832

Settlement cost

            139         

Amortization of:

      

Prior service cost

     29       26       26  

Net actuarial loss

     9,119       8,173       9,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 10,644     $ 14,806     $ 21,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      

Net loss (gain)

   $ 200,771     $ 6,605     $ (11,947

Prior service cost

     (29     (26     (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

     200,742       6,579       (11,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss

   $ 211,386     $ 21,385     $ 9,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are $15,926 and $31, respectively.

The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans at the respective year ends was as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Benefit obligation:

    

Beginning of year

   $ 931,621     $ 899,208  

Service cost

     1,445       1,225  

Interest cost

     47,833       49,337  

Benefits paid

     (50,815     (56,859

Impact of exchange rate change

     (271     1,939  

Settlements

            (1,284

Actuarial loss

     150,354       38,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     1,080,167       931,621  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets:

    

Beginning of year

     635,168       612,590  

Actual return on plan assets

     (12,355     67,624  

Employer contributions

     28,331       11,956  

Benefits paid

     (50,815     (56,859

Settlements

            (1,284

Impact of exchange rate change

     (440     1,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     599,889       635,168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (480,278   $ (296,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total benefit obligation and the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the Company’s pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
 

Benefit obligation

   $ 1,080,167      $ 931,621  

Plans with benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

     

Benefit obligation

     1,080,167        931,621  

Fair value of plan assets

     599,889        635,168  

 

F-35


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Current liabilities

     (2,411     (2,177

Noncurrent liabilities

     (477,867     (294,276

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (540,588     (339,846

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

     December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
 

Prior service cost

   $ 110      $ 139  

Actuarial loss

     540,478        339,707  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 540,588      $ 339,846  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued benefit costs related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are reported in the “Other noncurrent assets”, “Accrued liabilities — Payroll and employee benefits” and “Pension and postretirement benefits” lines of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(a) Measurement Date and Assumptions

A December 31 measurement date is used to value plan assets and obligations for the pension plans. In determining the discount rate, the Company utilizes, as a general benchmark, the single discount rate equivalent to discounting the expected cash flows from each plan using the yields at each duration from a published yield curve as of the measurement date. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was based on the Company’s investment policy target allocation of the asset portfolio between various asset classes and the expected real returns of each asset class over various periods of time. The weighted average actuarial assumptions used in measuring the net periodic benefit cost and plan obligations for the periods presented were as follows:

 

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
 

Net periodic benefit cost:

      

Discount rate

     5.27     5.78     6.11

Long-term rate of return on plan assets

     7.77       7.48       7.41  

Rate of compensation increase (1)

     3.75       3.70       3.38  

Plan obligations:

      

Discount rate

     4.20     5.27     5.78

Rate of compensation increase (1)

     3.75       3.75       3.70  

 

(1) The compensation increase assumption applies to the international plans and portions of the nonqualified retirement plans, as benefits under these plans were not frozen at December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(b) Plan Assets, Expected Benefit Payments, and Funding

The allocation of pension plan assets as of the respective period end measurement dates is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Asset category:

    

Hedge fund of funds

     41     43

U.S. equity securities

     21       25  

Debt securities

     16       18  

Foreign equity securities

     14       10  

Real estate

     5       4  

Commodities

     2         

Cash and other

     1         

The Company’s asset strategy and primary investment objective are to maximize the principal value of the plan assets to meet current and future benefit obligations to plan participants and their beneficiaries. To accomplish this goal, the assets of the plan are broadly diversified to protect against large investment losses and to reduce the likelihood of excessive volatility of returns. Diversification of assets is achieved through strategic allocations to various asset classes, as well as various investment styles within these asset classes, and by retaining multiple, third party investment management firms with complementary investment styles and philosophies to implement these allocations. The Company has established a target asset allocation based upon analysis of risk/return tradeoffs and correlations of asset mixes given long-term historical data, prospective capital market returns and forecasted liabilities of the plans. The target asset allocation approximates the actual asset allocation as of December 31, 2011. In addition to volatility protection, diversification enables the assets of the plan the best opportunity to provide adequate returns in order to meet the Company’s investment return objectives. These objectives include, over a rolling five-year period, to achieve a total return which exceeds the required actuarial rate of return for the plan and to outperform a passive portfolio, consisting of a similar asset allocation.

The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the pension plan assets. Effective January 2, 2010, the Company adopted new pension disclosure rules. In accordance with these rules, a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, is utilized for disclosing the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $173,890 classified as Level 1 assets, $152,676 classified as Level 2 assets and $273,323 classified as Level 3 assets. At January 1, 2011, the Company had $202,604 classified as Level 1 assets, $133,734 classified as Level 2 assets and $298,830 classified as Level 3 assets. The Level 1 assets consisted primarily of U.S. equity securities, certain debt securities, certain foreign equity securities and cash and cash equivalents, Level 2 assets consisted primarily of certain debt securities, commodity investments and certain foreign equity securities, and Level 3 assets consisted primarily of hedge fund of funds and real estate investments. Refer to Note 14 for the Company’s complete disclosure of the fair value of pension plan assets.

The Company expects to make approximately $35,000 contribution to the Company’s pension plans in 2012 based on a preliminary calculation by its actuary. Expected benefit payments are as follows: $51,067 in 2012, $51,606 in 2013, $53,103 in 2014, $53,235 in 2015, $54,355 in 2016 and $287,841 thereafter.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(16) Income Taxes

The provision for income tax computed by applying the U.S. statutory rate to income before taxes as reconciled to the actual provisions were:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
 

Income before income tax expense:

      

Domestic

     7.8     12.1     (142.8 )% 

Foreign

     92.2       87.9       242.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax expense at U.S. statutory rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State income taxes

     0.8       1.2       (3.4

Tax on remittance of foreign earnings

     1.7       2.5       33.9  

Foreign taxes less than U.S. statutory rate

     (19.4     (24.5     (46.4

Change in state effective tax rate

                   (14.1

Employee benefits

     0.6       1.3       10.6  

Change in valuation allowance

     (0.7     3.0       (9.9

Release of unrecognized tax benefit reserves

     (0.6     (8.8       

Other, net

     (1.9     (0.1     6.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes at effective worldwide tax rates

     15.5     9.6     12.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2009, the Company’s consolidated income before income taxes was lower than historical levels as a result of the recessionary environment during that period. In addition, charges incurred from refinancing the Company’s debt structure (as described in Note 9) in 2009 also contributed to the Company’s domestic operations incurring a loss before income taxes. As a result of the lower consolidated income before income tax expense and a loss before income tax expense from domestic operations in 2009, there were fluctuations in percentages in foreign income before income tax expense, taxes on remittance of foreign earnings and foreign taxes less than U.S. statutory rate in 2009 compared to 2010 and 2011.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Current and deferred tax provisions (benefits) were:

 

     Current     Deferred     Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011

      

Domestic

   $ 12,385     $ 1,802     $ 14,187  

Foreign

     31,296       (545     30,751  

State

     3,290       691       3,981  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 46,971     $ 1,948     $ 48,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended January 1, 2011

      

Domestic

   $ (14,268   $ 17,340     $ 3,072  

Foreign

     23,157       (8,077     15,080  

State

     (2,245     6,531       4,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 6,644     $ 15,794     $ 22,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended January 2, 2010

      

Domestic

   $      $ 6,727     $ 6,727  

Foreign

     15,783       (9,503     6,280  

State

     362       (6,376     (6,014
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 16,145     $ (9,152   $ 6,993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
 

Cash payments for income taxes

   $ 37,665      $ 23,350      $ 15,163  

Cash payments above represent cash tax payments made by the Company primarily in foreign jurisdictions.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities at the respective year-ends were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Nondeductible reserves

   $ 4,575     $ 5,165  

Inventories

     105,653       93,972  

Property and equipment

     6,683         

Intangibles

     138,139       135,438  

Bad debt allowance

     9,789       11,404  

Accrued expenses

     11,462       13,049  

Employee benefits

     241,242       170,247  

Tax credits

     13,257       11,064  

Net operating loss and other tax carryforwards

     29,068       41,864  

Derivatives

            7,204  

Other

     19,461       16,305  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     579,329       505,712  

Less valuation allowances

     (25,067     (27,064
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     554,262        478,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

            4,204  

Derivatives

     291         

Prepaids

     5,429        5,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     5,720        9,677  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 548,542     $ 468,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances.

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 was $25,067 and $27,064, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for 2011 was $1,997 which, including foreign currency fluctuations, related to favorable financial performance in certain foreign jurisdictions partially offset by foreign loss carryforwards generated. The net change in the total valuation allowance for 2010 was $5,508 which, including foreign currency fluctuations, related to foreign loss carryforwards generated partially offset by favorable financial performance in certain foreign jurisdictions.

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 relates to deferred tax assets established for foreign loss carryforwards of $21,902 and $25,560, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the Company has total net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104,224 for foreign jurisdictions, which will expire as follows:

 

F-40


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year:       

2012

   $ 5,102  

2013

     15,795  

2014

     5,986  

2015

     13,047  

2016

     16,721  

Thereafter

     47,573  

At December 31, 2011, the Company had tax credit carryforwards totaling $13,257 which expire beginning after 2020.

At December 31, 2011, applicable U.S. federal income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on the accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are expected to be permanently reinvested. If these earnings had not been permanently reinvested, deferred taxes of approximately $372,000 would have been recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2010, the Company recognized a benefit of $20,504 which resulted from a change in estimate associated with the remeasurement of unrecognized tax benefit accruals and the determination that certain tax positions had been effectively settled following the finalization of tax reviews and audits for amounts less than originally estimated. Although it is not reasonably possible to estimate the amount by which unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease within the next 12 months due to uncertainties regarding the timing of examinations and the amount of settlements that may be paid, if any, to tax authorities, the Company currently expects a reduction of approximately $8,000 for unrecognized tax benefits accrued at December 31, 2011 within the next 12 months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Balance at January 2, 2010

   $ 39,929  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     10,312  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (20,504
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 29,737  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     10,097  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     1,803  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 41,637  
  

 

 

 

Included in unrecognized tax benefits are $41,637 of tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company recognized $1,364, $1,386 and $1,010 for interest and penalties classified as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the Company had a total of $6,051 and $4,687, respectively, of interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as separate and combined income tax returns in numerous state and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years subject to examination vary by jurisdiction. The Company regularly assesses the outcomes of both ongoing and future examinations for the current or prior years to ensure the Company’s provision for income taxes is sufficient. The Company recognizes liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due and believes its reserves are adequate in relation to any potential assessments.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Company and Sara Lee Corporation (“Sara Lee”) entered into a tax sharing agreement in connection with the spin off of the Company from Sara Lee on September 5, 2006. As previously disclosed, the Company and Sara Lee have disagreed as to the amount of deferred taxes that should have been attributable to the Company’s United States and Canadian operations on the Company’s opening balance sheet as of September 6, 2006 following its spin off from Sara Lee. The computation of this amount is governed by a tax sharing agreement entered into in connection with the spin off. The Company and Sara Lee have had differing interpretations of the tax sharing agreement, and, in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the agreement, the Company and Sara Lee submitted that dispute to arbitration before a three-member tribunal in August 2009. A hearing was held in August 2010. Based on the Company’s computation of the final amount of deferred taxes for the Company’s opening balance sheet as of September 6, 2006, the amount that the Company expected to collect from Sara Lee based on the Company’s computation of $72,223, which reflects a preliminary cash installment received from Sara Lee of $18,000, was included as a receivable in “Other current assets.”

On July 1, 2011, the tribunal issued a 2-1 decision in which the majority disagreed with the Company’s interpretation of the tax sharing agreement and awarded the Company $3,291, plus interest based on the majority’s interpretation of the tax sharing agreement. This amount reflects other payments made or acknowledged to be owed by the parties under the tax sharing agreement. As a result of the tribunal’s decision, in 2011 the Company recorded a non-cash transaction that reduced “Other current assets” and “Additional paid-in capital” by $68,523.

Under section 2.12 of the tax sharing agreement, and unrelated to the disagreement, the Company made a payment to Sara Lee for approximately $15,000 for amounts related to income generated prior to the spin off from Sara Lee which were repatriated in periods since the spin off.

(17) Stockholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and up to 50,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the Company’s Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Company is authorized to issue. At December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, 97,517 and 96,207 shares, respectively, of common stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding. Included within the 50,000 shares of preferred stock, 500 shares are designated Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and reserved for issuance upon the exercise of rights under the rights agreement described below.

On February 1, 2007, the Company announced that the Board of Directors granted authority for the repurchase of up to 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Share repurchases are made periodically in open-market transactions, and are subject to market conditions, legal requirements and other factors. Additionally, management has been granted authority to establish a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act in connection with share repurchases, which will allow the Company to repurchase shares in the open market during periods in which the stock trading window is otherwise closed for our company and certain of the Company’s officers and employees pursuant to the Company’s insider trading policy. Since inception of the program, the Company has purchased 2,800 shares of common stock at a cost of $74,747 (average price of $26.33). The primary objective of the share repurchase program is to reduce the impact of dilution caused by the exercise of options and vesting of stock unit awards.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

Pursuant to a stockholder rights agreement entered into by the Company prior to the spin off, one preferred stock purchase right will be distributed with and attached to each share of the Company’s common stock. Each right will entitle its holder, under the circumstances described below, to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $75 per right. Initially, the rights will be associated with the Company’s common stock, and will be transferable with and only with the transfer of the underlying share of common stock. Until a right is exercised, its holder, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to such rights, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

The rights will become exercisable and separately certificated only upon the rights distribution date, which will occur upon the earlier of: (i) 10 days following a public announcement by the Company that a person or group (an “acquiring person”) has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of its outstanding shares of common stock (the date of the announcement being the “stock acquisition date”); or (ii) 10 business days (or later if so determined by our Board of Directors) following the commencement of or public disclosure of an intention to commence a tender offer or exchange offer by a person if, after acquiring the maximum number of securities sought pursuant to such offer, such person, or any affiliate or associate of such person, would acquire, or obtain the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

Upon the Company’s public announcement that a person or group has become an acquiring person, each holder of a right (other than any acquiring person and certain related parties, whose rights will have automatically become null and void) will have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock with a value equal to two times the exercise price of the right. In the event of certain business combinations, each holder of a right (except rights which previously have been voided as described above) will have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the right.

The Company may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per right (subject to adjustment and payable in cash, common stock or other consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors) at any time prior to the earlier of the stock acquisition date and the rights expiration date. Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors authorizing any redemption, the rights will terminate and the holders of rights will only be entitled to receive the redemption price. At any time after a person becomes an acquiring person and prior to the earlier of (i) the time any person, together with all affiliates and associates, becomes the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock and (ii) the occurrence of a business combination, the Board of Directors may cause the Company to exchange for all or part of the then-outstanding and exercisable rights shares of its common stock at an exchange ratio of one common share per right, adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(18) Business Segment Information

The Company’s operations are managed and reported in five operating segments, each of which is a reportable segment for financial reporting purposes: Innerwear, Outerwear, Hosiery, Direct to Consumer and International. These segments are organized principally by product category, geographic location and distribution channel. Each segment has its own management that is responsible for the operations of the segment’s businesses but the segments share a common supply chain and media and marketing platforms.

The types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenues are as follows:

 

   

Innerwear sells basic branded products that are replenishment in nature under the product categories of women’s intimate apparel, men’s underwear, kids’ underwear and socks.

 

   

Outerwear sells basic branded products that are primarily seasonal in nature under the product categories of casualwear and activewear, as well as licensed logo apparel in collegiate bookstores and other channels.

 

   

Hosiery sells products in categories such as pantyhose, knee highs and tights.

 

   

Direct to Consumer includes the Company’s value-based (“outlet”) stores and Internet operations which sell products from the Company’s portfolio of leading brands. The Company’s Internet operations are supported by its catalogs.

 

   

International primarily relates to the Latin America, Asia, Canada, Europe and Australia geographic locations which sell products that span across the Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery reportable segments.

The Company evaluates the operating performance of its segments based upon segment operating profit, which is defined as operating profit before general corporate expenses, amortization of trademarks and other identifiable intangibles and restructuring and related accelerated depreciation charges and inventory write-offs. The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Certain prior year segment operating profit disclosures have been revised to conform to the current year presentation. These changes were primarily the result of the Company’s decision to cease allocating certain compensation related expenses to the segments.

 

 

     Years Ended  
      December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
 

Net sales:

        

Innerwear

   $ 2,058,017      $ 2,012,922      $ 1,833,616  

Outerwear

     1,459,790        1,259,935        1,051,735  

Hosiery

     162,960        166,780        185,710  

Direct to Consumer

     375,440        377,847        369,739  

International

     580,936        509,229        437,804  

Other

                     12,671  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 4,637,143      $ 4,326,713      $ 3,891,275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,     January 1,     January 2,  
     2011     2011     2010  

Segment operating profit:

      

Innerwear

   $ 286,054     $ 271,348     $ 242,853  

Outerwear

     133,663       86,564       57,920  

Hosiery

     47,702       54,990       61,575  

Direct to Consumer

     29,365       26,622       37,090  

International

     63,110       59,675       45,341  

Other

                   (2,164
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment operating profit

     559,894       499,199       442,615  

Items not included in segment operating profit:

      

General corporate expenses

     (67,062     (82,502     (89,568

Amortization of trademarks and other identifiable intangibles

     (14,551     (12,509     (12,443

Restructuring

                   (53,888

Inventory write-offs included in cost of sales

                   (4,135

Accelerated depreciation included in cost of sales

                   (8,641

Accelerated depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses

                   (3,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating profit

     478,281       404,188       270,856  

Other expenses

     (6,377     (20,221     (49,301

Interest expense, net

     (156,297     (150,236     (163,279
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   $ 315,607     $ 233,731     $ 58,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

     December 31,      January 1,  
     2011      2011  

Assets:

     

Innerwear

   $ 1,397,536      $ 1,269,839  

Outerwear

     919,736        828,142  

Hosiery

     70,439        71,496  

Direct to Consumer

     87,069        88,623  

International

     322,450        278,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,797,230        2,536,857  

Corporate (1)

     1,237,439        1,253,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,034,669      $ 3,790,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Depreciation and amortization expense:

        

Innerwear

   $ 38,682      $ 35,095      $ 36,328  

Outerwear

     23,285        21,709        21,988  

Hosiery

     1,584        2,627        3,831  

Direct to Consumer

     7,183        6,116        5,621  

International

     2,342        2,096        2,071  

Other

                     169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     73,076        67,643        70,008  

Corporate

     17,649        18,969        26,747  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 90,725      $ 86,612      $ 96,755  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Additions to long-lived assets:

        

Innerwear

   $ 37,627      $ 49,319      $ 49,061  

Outerwear

     37,028        38,000        59,048  

Hosiery

     749        550        711  

Direct to Consumer

     6,336        11,679        8,914  

International

     4,287        2,543        1,504  

Other

                     16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     86,027        102,091        119,254  

Corporate

     4,072        4,149        7,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total additions to long-lived assets

   $ 90,099      $ 106,240      $ 126,825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Principally cash and equivalents, certain fixed assets, net deferred tax assets, goodwill, trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, and certain other noncurrent assets.

Sales to Wal-Mart, Target and Kohl’s were substantially in the Innerwear and Outerwear segments and represented 25%, 16% and 6% of total sales in 2011, respectively.

Worldwide sales by product category for Innerwear, Outerwear and Hosiery were $2,692,132, $1,721,863 and $223,148, respectively, in 2011.

(19) Geographic Area Information

 

 

     Years Ended or at  
     December 31, 2011      January 1, 2011      January 2, 2010  
            Long-Lived             Long-Lived             Long-Lived  
     Sales      Assets      Sales      Assets      Sales      Assets  

United States

   $ 4,057,859      $ 154,035      $ 3,819,296      $ 176,035      $ 3,447,751      $ 185,821  

Mexico

     79,696        1,933        77,104        2,004        65,832        1,672  

Central America and the Caribbean Basin

     4,335        283,908        3,905        265,625        10,419        260,564  

Japan

     118,436        456        96,543        485        94,037        240  

Canada

     139,687        1,538        144,154        5,159        124,197        5,084  

Europe

     72,769        498        66,543        464        59,679        520  

Brazil

     67,954        757        57,078        792        44,957        678  

China

     19,397        144,651        15,246        138,254        10,197        114,100  

Other

     77,010        47,630        46,844        42,436        34,206        34,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,637,143      $ 635,406      $ 4,326,713      $ 631,254      $ 3,891,275      $ 602,826  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net sales by geographic region is attributed by customer location.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(20) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

     First      Second      Third      Fourth      Total  

2011

              

Net sales

   $ 1,036,410      $ 1,225,233      $ 1,230,185      $ 1,145,315      $ 4,637,143  

Gross profit

     354,525        427,240        425,443        333,163        1,540,371  

Net income

     48,109        86,782        90,832        40,965        266,688  

Basic earnings per share

     0.49        0.89        0.93        0.42        2.73  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.49        0.87        0.91        0.41        2.69  

2010

              

Net sales

   $ 927,840      $ 1,075,852      $ 1,173,362      $ 1,149,659      $ 4,326,713  

Gross profit

     327,430        374,806        363,875        348,658        1,414,769  

Net income

     36,513        85,412        61,312        28,056        211,293  

Basic earnings per share

     0.38        0.89        0.64        0.29        2.19  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.37        0.87        0.63        0.29        2.16  

(21) Consolidating Financial Information

In accordance with the indenture governing the Company’s $500,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes issued on December 14, 2006, the indenture governing the Company’s $500,000 8% Senior Notes issued on December 10, 2009 and the indenture governing the Company’s $1,000,000 6.375% Senior Notes issued on November 9, 2010 (together, the “Indentures”), certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the 8% Senior Notes and the 6.375% Senior Notes, respectively. The following presents the condensed consolidating financial information separately for:

(i) Parent Company, the issuer of the guaranteed obligations. Parent Company includes Hanesbrands Inc. and its 100% owned operating divisions which are not legal entities, and excludes its subsidiaries which are legal entities;

(ii) Guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis, as specified in the Indentures;

(iii) Non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

(iv) Consolidating entries and eliminations representing adjustments to (a) eliminate intercompany transactions between or among Parent Company, the guarantor subsidiaries and the non-guarantor subsidiaries, (b) eliminate intercompany profit in inventory, (c) eliminate the investments in our subsidiaries and (d) record consolidating entries; and

(v) Parent Company, on a consolidated basis.

The Floating Rate Senior Notes, the 8% Senior Notes and the 6.375% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each guarantor subsidiary, each of which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Hanesbrands Inc. A guarantor subsidiary’s guarantee can be released in certain customary circumstances. Each entity in the consolidating financial information follows the same accounting policies as described in the consolidated financial statements, except for the use by the Parent Company and guarantor subsidiaries of the equity method of accounting to reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries which are eliminated upon consolidation.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Consolidating Statement of Income  
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
      Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Entries and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ 4,037,944     $ 666,270     $ 3,722,998      $ (3,790,069   $ 4,637,143  

Cost of sales

     3,249,034       321,305       3,259,466        (3,733,033     3,096,772  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     788,910       344,965       463,532        (57,036     1,540,371  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     779,229       136,336       149,525        (3,000     1,062,090  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     9,681       208,629       314,007        (54,036     478,281  

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     402,850       220,813               (623,663       

Other expense

     6,377                             6,377  

Interest expense, net

     145,711       (43     10,622        7       156,297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     260,443       429,485       303,385        (677,706     315,607  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (6,245     28,250       26,914               48,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 266,688     $ 401,235     $ 276,471      $ (677,706   $ 266,688  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

      Consolidating Statement of Income Year Ended January 1, 2011  
      Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Entries and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ 4,018,341     $ 470,527     $ 3,025,488      $ (3,187,643   $ 4,326,713  

Cost of sales

     3,268,900       187,657       2,672,497        (3,217,110     2,911,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     749,441       282,870       352,991        29,467       1,414,769  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     793,210       99,636       116,713        1,022       1,010,581  

Restructuring

                                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     (43,769     183,234       236,278        28,445       404,188  

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     396,080       155,925               (552,005       

Other expense

     20,221                             20,221  

Interest expense, net

     138,746       (90     11,584        (4     150,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     193,344       339,249       224,694        (523,556     233,731  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (17,949     27,625       12,762               22,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 211,293     $ 311,624     $ 211,932      $ (523,556   $ 211,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

      Consolidating Statement of Income Year Ended January 2, 2010  
      Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Entries and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ 3,911,759     $ 429,717      $ 2,707,159      $ (3,157,360   $ 3,891,275  

Cost of sales

     3,201,313       157,800        2,402,017        (3,135,129     2,626,001  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     710,446       271,917        305,142        (22,231     1,265,274  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     743,907       88,993        105,366        2,264       940,530  

Restructuring

     48,319               5,569               53,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     (81,780     182,924        194,207        (24,495     270,856  

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     294,200       102,506                (396,706       

Other expense

     49,301                              49,301  

Interest expense, net

     123,760       21,284        18,235               163,279  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     39,359       264,146        175,972        (421,201     58,276  

Income tax expense

     (11,924     3,843        15,074               6,993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 51,283     $ 260,303      $ 160,898      $ (421,201   $ 51,283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

      Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2011
 
      Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Entries and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,330     $ 2,726     $ 24,289     $      $ 35,345  

Trade accounts receivable less allowances

     24,452       32,535       418,052       (4,326     470,713  

Inventories

     1,172,582       112,229       423,829       (101,085     1,607,555  

Deferred tax assets

     168,843       (1,105     (13,071            154,667  

Other current assets

     26,626       10,282       25,785       (182     62,511  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,400,833       156,667       878,884       (105,593     2,330,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, net

     107,482       46,553       481,371              635,406  

Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net

     13,430       134,110       22,135              169,675  

Goodwill

     232,882       124,247       76,267              433,396  

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,897,579       1,059,475              (2,957,054       

Deferred tax assets

     175,981       177,432       40,807              394,220  

Other noncurrent assets

     (432,466     381,951       345,157       (223,461     71,181  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,395,721     $ 2,080,435     $ 1,844,621     $ (3,286,108   $ 4,034,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

          

Accounts payable

   $ 236,913     $ 17,036     $ 197,576     $      $ 451,525  

Accrued liabilities

     120,807       53,669       77,713       (3     252,186  

Notes payable

                   63,075              63,075  

Accounts receivable securitization facility

                   166,933              166,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     357,720       70,705       505,297       (3     933,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     1,807,777                            1,807,777  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     549,163       36,434       26,515              612,112  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,714,660       107,139       531,812       (3     3,353,608  

Stockholders’ equity

     681,061       1,973,296       1,312,809       (3,286,105     681,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,395,721     $ 2,080,435     $ 1,844,621     $ (3,286,108   $ 4,034,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

      Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
January 1, 2011
 
      Parent
Company
     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Entries and
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,535      $ 2,039      $ 24,097     $      $ 43,671  

Trade accounts receivable less allowances

     50,375        35,256        417,612              503,243  

Inventories

     954,073        100,435        355,908       (87,697     1,322,719  

Deferred tax assets

     160,178        2,005        (12,752            149,431  

Other current assets

     95,702        11,475        21,646       (216     128,607  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,277,863        151,210        806,511       (87,913     2,147,671  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, net

     118,596        47,842        464,816              631,254  

Trademarks and other identifiable intangibles, net

     16,006        141,635        20,981              178,622  

Goodwill

     232,882        124,214        73,048              430,144  

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,542,231        886,349               (2,428,580       

Deferred tax assets

     107,521        173,804        38,473              319,798  

Other noncurrent assets

     7,979        177,058        108,386       (210,910     82,513  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,303,078      $ 1,702,112      $ 1,512,215     $ (2,727,403   $ 3,790,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

            

Accounts payable

   $ 243,169      $ 17,198      $ 152,002     $      $ 412,369  

Accrued liabilities

     150,831        55,502        69,979       (9     276,303  

Notes payable

                     50,678              50,678  

Accounts receivable securitization facility

                     90,000              90,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     394,000        72,700        362,659       (9     829,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     1,990,735                              1,990,735  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     355,669        35,072        16,502              407,243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,740,404        107,772        379,161       (9     3,227,328  

Stockholders’ equity

     562,674        1,594,340        1,133,054       (2,727,394     562,674  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,303,078      $ 1,702,112      $ 1,512,215     $ (2,727,403   $ 3,790,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows  
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
                       Consolidating        
     Parent     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Entries and        
     Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 484,585     $ 202,098     $ 128,746     $ (647,472   $ 167,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (16,247     (10,090     (63,762            (90,099

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

                   (9,154            (9,154

Proceeds from sales of assets

     381       918       12,321              13,620  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (15,866     (9,172     (60,595            (85,633
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings on notes payable

                   360,893              360,893  

Repayments on notes payable

                   (348,924            (348,924

Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   280,629              280,629  

Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   (203,696            (203,696

Borrowings on Revolving Loan Facility

     2,890,000                            2,890,000  

Repayments on Revolving Loan Facility

     (2,875,500                          (2,875,500

Repurchase of Floating Rate Senior Notes

     (197,458                          (197,458

Payments to amend and refinance credit facilities

     (3,089            (668            (3,757

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     17,104                            17,104  

Transactions with Sara Lee Corporation

     (11,403                          (11,403

Other

     2,648              (55            2,593  

Net transactions with related entities

     (300,226     (192,239     (155,007     647,472         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (477,924     (192,239     (66,828     647,472       (89,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash

                   (1,131            (1,131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (9,205     687       192              (8,326

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     17,535       2,039       24,097              43,671  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 8,330     $ 2,726     $ 24,289     $      $ 35,345  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows  
     Year Ended January 1, 2011  
                       Consolidating        
     Parent     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Entries and        
     Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 381,450     $ 162,475     $ 139,614     $ (550,485   $ 133,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (25,813     (11,403     (69,024            (106,240

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

            (222,878                   (222,878

Proceeds from sales of assets

     44,269              1,373              45,642  

Other

     (519                          (519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     17,937       (234,281     (67,651            (283,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings on notes payable

                   1,394,782              1,394,782  

Repayments on notes payable

                   (1,411,295            (1,411,295

Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   207,290              207,290  

Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   (217,290            (217,290

Borrowings on Revolving Loan Facility

     2,228,500                            2,228,500  

Repayments on Revolving Loan Facility

     (2,280,000                          (2,280,000

Repayment of debt under 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

     (750,000                          (750,000

Issuance of 6.375% Senior Notes

     1,000,000                            1,000,000  

Payments to amend and refinance credit facilities

     (23,833                          (23,833

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     5,938                            5,938  

Other

     1,639              (46            1,593  

Net transactions with related entities

     (576,901     72,199       (45,783     550,485         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (394,657     72,199       (72,342     550,485       155,685  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash

                   (16            (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,730       393       (395            4,728  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     12,805       1,646       24,492              38,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 17,535     $ 2,039     $ 24,097     $      $ 43,671  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows  
     Year Ended January 2, 2010  
                       Consolidating        
     Parent     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Entries and        
     Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 170,296     $ 497,035     $ 140,743     $ (393,570   $ 414,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (21,442     (8,036     (97,347            (126,825

Proceeds from sales of assets

     32,931              5,034              37,965  

Other

     (148     16              148       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     11,341       (8,020     (92,313     148       (88,844
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Borrowings on notes payable

                   1,628,764              1,628,764  

Repayments on notes payable

                   (1,624,139            (1,624,139

Borrowings on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   183,451              183,451  

Repayments on Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

                   (326,068            (326,068

Borrowings on Revolving Loan Facility

     2,034,026                            2,034,026  

Repayments on Revolving Loan Facility

     (1,982,526                          (1,982,526

Repurchase of Floating Rate Senior Notes

     (2,788                          (2,788

Incurrence of debt under 2009 Senior Secured Credit Facility

     750,000                            750,000  

Issuance of 8% Senior Notes

     500,000                            500,000  

Repayments of debt under 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facility

     (990,250     (450,000                   (1,440,250

Payments to amend and refinance credit facilities

     (71,826            (3,150            (74,976

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     1,179                            1,179  

Other

     (815            (32            (847

Net transactions with related entities

     (422,042     (39,724     68,344       393,422         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (185,042     (489,724     (72,830     393,422       (354,174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash

                   115              115  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (3,405     (709     (24,285            (28,399

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     16,210       2,355       48,777              67,342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 12,805     $ 1,646     $ 24,492     $      $ 38,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

(22) Restructuring

The Company restructured its supply chain in the three years following the spin off from the Company’s former parent to create more efficient production clusters that utilize fewer, larger facilities and to balance production capability between the Western Hemisphere and Asia. With its global supply chain infrastructure in place, the Company is focused long-term on optimizing its supply chain to further enhance efficiency, improve working capital and asset turns and reduce costs through several initiatives, such as supplier-managed inventory for raw materials and sourced goods ownership arrangements. The Company consolidated its distribution network by implementing new warehouse management systems and technology and adding new distribution centers and new third party logistics providers to replace parts of its legacy distribution network, including relocating distribution capacity to its West Coast distribution facility in California in order to expand capacity for goods it sources from Asia.

The reported results for 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect amounts recognized for restructuring actions, including the impact of certain actions that were completed for amounts more favorable than previously estimated. The impact of restructuring efforts on income before income tax expense is summarized as follows:

 

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Restructuring programs:

        

Year ended January 2, 2010 restructuring actions

   $       $       $ 46,216  

Year ended January 3, 2009 restructuring actions

                     17,833  

Year ended December 29, 2007 and prior restructuring actions

                     5,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 69,748  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table illustrates where the costs associated with these actions are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,      January 1,      January 2,  
     2011      2011      2010  

Cost of sales

   $       $       $ 12,776  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

                     3,084  

Restructuring

                     53,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 69,748  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

Components of the restructuring actions are as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
      December 31,
2011
     January 1,
2011
     January 2,
2010
 

Accelerated depreciation

   $       $       $ 11,725  

Inventory write-offs

                     4,135  

Fixed asset impairments

                     7,503  

Employee termination and other benefits

                     23,941  

Noncancelable lease and other contractual obligations and other

                     22,444  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 69,748  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rollforward of accrued restructuring is as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
    January 2,
2010
 

Beginning accrual

   $ 6,042     $ 22,399     $ 21,793  

Restructuring expenses

                   45,720  

Cash payments

     (5,382     (16,357     (42,282

Adjustments to restructuring expenses

                   (2,832
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending accrual

   $ 660     $ 6,042     $ 22,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accrual balance as of December 31, 2011 is comprised of $660 in current accrued liabilities which consists of $653 for employee termination and other benefits and $7 for noncancelable lease and other contractual obligations.

Adjustments to previous estimates resulted from actual costs to settle obligations being lower than expected. The adjustments were reflected in the “Restructuring” line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Year Ended January 2, 2010 Actions

During 2009, the Company approved actions to close eight manufacturing facilities, three distribution centers, a yarn warehouse and a cotton warehouse in the Dominican Republic, the United States, Costa Rica, Honduras, Puerto Rico and Canada, and eliminate an aggregate of approximately 4,100 positions in those countries and El Salvador. The production capacity represented by the manufacturing facilities has been primarily relocated to lower cost locations in Asia, Central America and the Caribbean Basin. The distribution capacity has been relocated to the Company’s West Coast distribution center in California in order to expand capacity for goods the Company sources from Asia. In addition, approximately 300 management and administrative positions were eliminated, with the majority of these positions based in the United States. The Company recorded charges of $46,216 in 2009, related to these actions. The Company recognized $25,038 for employee termination and other benefits recognized in accordance with benefit plans previously communicated to the affected employee group, $9,204 for accelerated depreciation of buildings and equipment, $6,071 for noncancelable lease and other contractual obligations related to the closure of certain manufacturing facilities, $3,529 for fixed asset impairments related to the closure of certain manufacturing facilities, $1,635 for write-offs of stranded raw materials and work in process inventory determined not to be salvageable or cost-effective to relocate related to the closure of certain manufacturing facilities and $739

 

F-56


Table of Contents

HANESBRANDS INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2011, January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

for other exit costs. These charges are reflected in the “Restructuring,” “Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses” lines of the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2011, the severance obligation remaining in accrued restructuring on the Consolidated Balance Sheet was $164, and there were no noncancelable lease and other contractual obligations remaining on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

During 2009, the Company ceased making its own yarn and now sources all of its yarn requirements from large-scale yarn suppliers. The Company entered into an agreement with Parkdale America, LLC (“Parkdale America”) under which the Company agreed to sell or lease assets related to operations at the Company’s four yarn manufacturing facilities to Parkdale America. The transaction closed in October 2009 and resulted in Parkdale America operating three of the four facilities. As discussed above, the Company approved an action to close the fourth yarn manufacturing facility, as well as a yarn warehouse and a cotton warehouse. The Company also entered into a yarn purchase agreement with Parkdale America and Parkdale Mills, LLC (together with Parkdale America, “Parkdale”). Under this agreement, which has an initial term of six years, Parkdale will produce and sell to the Company a substantial amount of the Company’s Western Hemisphere yarn requirements. During the first two years of the term, Parkdale also produced and sold to the Company a substantial amount of the yarn requirements of the Company’s Nanjing, China textile facility.

 

F-57